MasTec, Inc. Aktie

Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Q3 2026 MasTec Inc. Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.

I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker today, Ati Modak, VP of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.

Good morning, and thank you for joining us for MasTec's Third Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer; and Paul Dimarco, Chief Financial Officer. We have prepared slides to supplement our remarks, which are posted on MasTec's website under the Investors tab and through the webcast link. There is also a companion document with information and analytics on the quarter and a guidance summary to assist in future financial modeling.

Please read the forward-looking statement disclaimer contained in our press release and the slides accompanying this call. During this call, we will make forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. Because these statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K, as updated by our current and periodic reports and filings includes a detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences.

In today's remarks, we will be discussing adjusted financial metrics reconciled in yesterday's press release and supporting schedules. We may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures in this conference call. A reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial measures not reconciled in these comments to the most comparable GAAP financial measures can be found in our press release earnings slide or companion document.

I'll now turn the call over to Jose for his commentary. Jose?

Thank you, Ati. Good morning, and welcome to MasTec's 2026 Third Quarter Earnings Call. Today, I'll review our third quarter results and provide an update on the markets we serve, the opportunities we're seeing and our outlook as we head into 2027. Let me start with some third quarter highlights.

Revenue for the quarter was $5,152 million, up 30% year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA was $486 million, a 30% year-over-year increase. Adjusted earnings per share were $2.96, up 19% year-over-year. And backlog at quarter end reached $24.5 billion, an increase of more than $7 billion year-over-year and $3 billion sequentially, establishing another all-time record.

In fact, in addition to backlog, revenue, EBITDA and earnings per share all reached record levels during the quarter. Our total company book-to-bill was 1.6x, including an organic book-to-bill of 1.3x, reflecting the significant demand we continue to see across our businesses.

Importantly, we expect another strong quarter of backlog growth in the fourth quarter and anticipate ending 2026 at yet another record level of backlog. That gives us tremendous visibility heading into 2027, and reinforces our confidence in the long-term growth opportunities ahead of us.

The strength of the quarter was led by our Power Delivery segment, which delivered outstanding results. Revenue increased 65% year-over-year, while EBITDA grew 132%. While Superior had a strong quarter, I want to emphasize that our legacy Power Delivery business also delivered exceptional performance. Revenue, EBITDA and margins were all significantly ahead of our expectations, meaningfully exceeding our previous forecast.

Backlog in this segment increased by more than $2.5 billion sequentially, of which approximately $1.8 billion came from Superior with the balance generated by our legacy Power Delivery business. That translates into an organic book-to-bill of more than 1.5x for the segment. In fact, it was the strongest quarter of backlog booking in the segment's history. I think that's an important point because it demonstrates that the strength that we're experiencing is broad-based and extends well beyond the contributions from Superior.

The band for our services across Power Delivery continues to accelerate, whether it's transmission, distribution, grid modernization or the electrical infrastructure required to support data centers and other mission-critical facilities, we're seeing tremendous opportunities across virtually every part of this business. And we're not just seeing those opportunities. We're converting them into awards, expanding customer relationships and gaining market share.

Our customers are making increasingly large and long-term commitments to their electrical infrastructure, and we're seeing that translate into larger programs, stronger backlog and meaningful opportunities to expand our market share. When you combine that organic momentum with the capabilities and customer relationships we've added through Superior, I believe we've created one of the strongest electrical infrastructure platforms in the country. We expect another strong backlog build in the fourth quarter, and I'm increasingly optimistic about our ability to continue winning work, expanding our position in the market and delivering strong operational and financial performance. And importantly, we're still in the early staging -- stages of realizing the benefits of our integrated approach.

Moving to our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment, we also delivered another strong quarter. Revenues increased 34% year-over-year, while EBITDA grew approximately 30%. Backlog increased $500 million sequentially, resulting in a book-to-bill of 1.3x. Our renewable energy, water and civil infrastructure businesses are all performing well, and we continue to see attractive opportunities across those markets heading into 2027 and beyond. But today, I want to spend a little more time highlighting two areas where we believe the opportunity for growth is particularly significant.

The first is our gas generation business. We're experiencing tremendous demand for natural gas-fired power generation. As we discussed during our Investor Day in May, our strategy in this market is focused primarily on simple cycle generation and reciprocating engine projects. These projects are increasingly attracted to customers looking for reliable power solutions that can be developed and constructed on accelerated time lines. What has surprised us is just how quickly demand has accelerated. In fact, the level of activity we're seeing today is meaningfully greater than what we anticipated just 5 months ago during Investor Day.

While these opportunities did not contribute to third quarter backlog bookings, we've now received limited notice to proceed on projects representing more than $1 billion in total value, which we expect to convert to backlog over the next few quarters. And based on the opportunities we're pursuing and the conversations we're having with customers, we expect further project awards to accelerate.

I want to emphasize that this is a market where our opportunity has changed dramatically in a very short period of time. We're seeing demand from a broad range of customers looking to bring reliable generation capacity online as quickly as possible. And we're very excited about what this business can become.

Second area I'd like to highlight is our turnkey data center business. Our existing turnkey data center projects are progressing very well, and the response we're receiving from customers regarding our capabilities has been extremely encouraging. What makes MasTec unique is our ability to bring together virtually every critical infrastructure capability required to develop and construct these facilities. From construction management and civil infrastructure to inside Electrical Power Delivery, Telecommunications, ongoing maintenance, we can offer customers a fully integrated solution, and that capability is becoming increasingly valuable.

As data center projects become larger and more complex, customers are looking for partners who can help solve infrastructure challenges early in the development process, coordinate multiple scopes of work and ultimately deliver projects more efficiently. That's exactly where we believe MasTec is uniquely positioned.

Our strategy is to engage customers early, help them solve these challenges and position ourselves to participate across the entire life cycle of their projects. While we had strong backlog build in this business in the third quarter, we're currently pursuing several large opportunities, some of which already received early work agreements on. We expect additional large awards during the remainder of 2026.

When you combine these opportunities with our expanding electrical capabilities through superior, our growing power generation business and our existing infrastructure platform, we're creating a very compelling position in this mission-critical market. And I believe we're in the very early stages of realizing that full potential of that opportunity.

While Power Delivery and Clean Energy and Infrastructure are performing at very high levels, we're managing through some near-term challenges in our other two segments. Let me start with Pipeline Infrastructure. Before discussing the third and fourth quarters, I think it's important to take a broader view of what's happening in this market.

As we look out over the next 5 years and beyond, the Pipeline market is developing at an incredible pace. The need for additional natural gas infrastructure is accelerating, driven by the growing electricity demand, new power generation capacity, LNG exports and the continued expansion of energy-intensive industries. In just the last 2 months, more than 1,000 miles of new Pipeline projects have been announced, adding to an already significant Pipeline of opportunities.

The level of activity we're seeing is unprecedented, and I want to be very clear, MasTec is exceptionally well positioned to capitalize on this market. During our Investor Day in May, we discussed our belief that this business had the potential to meet or exceed its historical financial records. As a reminder, our previous record EBITDA for this segment was $634 million. Based on what we're seeing today, we remain very confident in our ability to meet or exceed that level in the coming years.

Now turning to 2026. We began the year expecting approximately $2.5 billion in revenue at mid-teen EBITDA margins. During the first half of the year, we generated approximately $1.3 billion in revenue at 20% margins. Based on that performance and the level of new awards we received, we increased our expectations for both revenues and earnings. Unfortunately, several of those awarded projects experienced delays in their anticipated start dates, which impacted our third quarter results and will affect the fourth quarter. Specifically, we had a number of projects that were delayed by an average of approximately 60 days, primarily due to permitting issues.

Those delays pushed the number of planned third quarter starts into the fourth quarter. The good news is that these projects have now started. It's important to understand that these delays have very little impact on the overall economics or expected profitability of the projects. However, because of the significant production burn rates associated with large Pipeline projects, a 60-day delay can have a meaningful impact on quarterly revenues and earnings.

As a result, we've established our fourth quarter earnings outlook based on a base case and an upside case for the production over the next 2 months. While these delays negatively affect our second half 2026 result, the work hasn't gone away. Whatever we don't complete in 2026, simply shifts into 2027. In fact, these projects present the majority of our expected Pipeline revenue through the first half of next year, giving us excellent visibility into 2027. And importantly, Pipeline backlog increased during the quarter, resulting in a book-to-bill of 1.7x.

So while the timing has impacted our near-term results, it hasn't changed our views of the earning potential of the business. If anything, the additional opportunities we're seeing have increased our confidence in what Pipeline can contribute over the next several years.

Moving to Communications. We continue to experience near-term pressure in the market. During the quarter, there were several developments that created additional uncertainty around customer capital spending. Speculation regarding a potential fourth nationwide wireless carrier combined with publicly announced reorganization at several major customers has impacted the timing of short-term capital investment decisions. At the same time, customers have been increasingly focused on improving efficiencies and streamlining their operations.

Those initiatives have created some disruption in the near term, but we also believe they present meaningful opportunities for MasTec over time. In response to the current environment, we've been proactive in adjusting our cost structure and improving operating efficiencies. We've also engaged a third-party consulting firm to help us execute on identified opportunities. We're actively working to implement these initiatives and believe they can drive a couple of hundred basis points of margin improvement in 2027.

Our objective is straightforward. Operate a leaner, more efficient business, improve profitability and position ourselves to take advantage of the opportunities as customer spending recovers. While the second half of 2026 has fallen short of our expectations in Communications, we're encouraged by several developments that should benefit the business.

First, as one of the largest and most established communication infrastructure service providers in the country, we believe we're well positioned to benefit from vendor consolidation. We expect those efforts to result in market share gains across several of our major customers over the coming months.

Second, we're increasingly excited about the opportunities associated with data center interconnectivity. During the third quarter, several customers announced significant hyperscale related contracts, reinforcing the scale of investment that will be required to connect these facilities. While much of that construction activity won't begin into the middle or latter part of 2027, we expect meaningful award activity over the next several quarters, and we're already beginning to see that materialize.

During the third quarter and subsequent to quarter end, we were awarded approximately 2,100 miles of fiber constructions related to hyperscaler activity. Design work on that is already underway, and we expect the construction to begin around the middle of 2027.

We believe this represents the beginning of a much larger investment cycle in fiber infrastructure, supporting data centers and the continued growth in data traffic. Data consumption continues to grow at extraordinary rates and the infrastructure required to transport, connect and provide access to that data will continue to require significant investment.

We also see potential opportunities from the emergence of a fourth wireless carrier, as well as the investment existing carriers will need to make to maintain their competitive positions. Our focus will be on remaining lean and competitive, improving margins, gaining market share and selectively pursuing large-scale programs where we can generate attractive returns. But I also want to put Communications business in perspective.

During the second half of 2026, Communications has declined to just under 15% of MasTec's total revenue. While we continue to believe in the long-term opportunities in this market, communications is not going to be the primary growth driver of MasTec. Our Power Delivery, Clean Energy and Infrastructure and Pipeline businesses all have significantly stronger growth trajectories which have all improved since our Investor Day expectations. These are the businesses that will increasingly drive our overall growth and earnings performance.

Before wrapping up, I'd like to share a few thoughts on 2027 and our longer-term outlook. The backlog growth we've delivered in both the second and third quarters combined with the additional growth we expect in the fourth quarter is giving us tremendous visibility as we enter next year. We expect to finish 2026 with a record backlog, a significantly expanded presence in the mission-critical market and an increasingly attractive mix of businesses serving some of the fastest-growing infrastructure markets in the...

Despite the near-term challenges we've discussed today in Pipeline and Communication, we remain very comfortable with current consensus expectations for 2027. And I think it's important to recognize that our opportunities extends well beyond next year. Over the course of 2026, we fundamentally expanded MasTec's position in the mission-critical infrastructure market -- superior, the acceleration of our power generation opportunities, our growing turnkey data center capabilities and the strength of our Power Delivery platform have meaningfully changed the scale and breadth of what we can offer customers, and we're only beginning to see the benefits of those investments.

Much of the work we're pursuing today will contribute to our results in 2027, 2028 and beyond. Our goal is to translate the extraordinary demand we're experiencing into sustainable revenue growth, stronger margins and even greater earnings growth over the long term. I've been involved with this business for a long time, and I can tell you that I've never been more excited about our position in the market or the opportunities ahead of us. I believe we're in the early stages of one of the largest infrastructure investment cycles we've ever seen. We have the scale, the capabilities, the customer relationships and most importantly, the people to capitalize on this opportunity.

Before turning the call over to Paul, I'd like to take a moment to thank the men and women of MasTec. It's both an honor and a privilege to lead such an outstanding team. Every day, our people demonstrate an unwavering commitment to the values that define our company, safety, environmental stewardship, integrity, honesty and delivering the highest quality work at the best possible value for our customers.

Our customers recognize that commitment and it's the reason they continue to trust us with some of their largest and most complex infrastructure projects. Ultimately, our success comes down to our people, their dedication, their expertise and their ability to execute. I want to thank every one of them for another outstanding quarter and for everything that they do to position MasTec for continued success.

With that, I'll turn the call over to Paul for our financial review. Paul?

Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. Our third quarter results reflect strong execution led by Power Delivery and Clean Energy and Infrastructure. We grew revenue and adjusted EBITDA by 30% year-over-year, achieving record quarterly levels and our opportunity set continues to expand even as we execute against record levels of backlog.

18-month backlog now stands at $24.5 billion, increasing over $3 billion from the second quarter driven by broad-based growth in Power Delivery, Pipeline Infrastructure, Renewables and General Buildings. Backlog and customer engagement remains strong across our broad end markets with several of our most important opportunities being multiyear programmatic builds rather than discrete projects.

Our workforce now stands at over 42,000 strong including 3,500 team members who joined MasTec as part of the Superior acquisition. Our strong backlog provides significant visibility to achieving our financial targets and our ability to attract and develop skilled craft labor provides the resources to execute effectively on these opportunities.

The Power Delivery segment was the primary driver of our strong third quarter performance, where we continue to benefit from investments in Power Infrastructure and large load development. Strong performance from both our legacy operations and Superior drove the record third quarter results. Our legacy Power Delivery Group achieved a double-digit EBITDA margins in the third quarter while growing revenue by over 20% year-over-year.

Superior's performance since closing has reinforced our strategic rationale for the acquisition. The business is performing ahead of our initial expectations as customers continue to invest aggressively and we're seeing opportunities to combine Superior's mission-critical electric capabilities with MasTec's broader power, civil and infrastructure platform.

Power Delivery segment backlog grew to $8.9 billion with an organic book-to-bill of 1.5x. This now marks 12 consecutive quarters of backlog expansion for Power Delivery. Our Pipeline remains robust across Utility Infrastructure and increasingly across the Power Infrastructure required to support large loan development. Superior's backlog totaled $1.8 billion, a 1.6x book-to-bill versus levels announced with the acquisition.

Turning to Clean Energy and Infrastructure. The segment grew revenue by 34% year-over-year in Q3, led by general buildings and grew EBITDA by 29%, led by renewables. We expect strong growth to continue in the fourth quarter, bringing full year segment revenue and EBITDA growth north of 40%. Renewables continued to show improvement in margin performance while capitalizing on strong customer demand and backlog conversion.

Backlog visibility continues to be a strength with another quarter of sequential growth and a 1.3x book-to-bill. General buildings continues to scale its mission-critical capabilities during the quarter with revenue increasing over 4x from the prior year. We are seeing strong customer demand domestically and internationally and several important programs progressed from development execution. General buildings delivered a book-to-bill of 2.2x, a 35% sequential increase. Importantly, collaboration for increased self-perform activities continues to develop across segments, providing an incremental margin opportunity for 2027.

As Jose discussed, communications continues to be impacted by delayed customer spending decisions. Our focus remains on improving the earnings profile of the business through execution and procurement initiatives, organizational efficiency and market selectivity. We expect these actions to begin contributing to profitability in 2027.

We continue to believe the industry faces a multiyear need for network upgrades, capacity expansion and maintenance to support increasing data consumption, and we are well positioned to support this demand.

Turning to Pipeline Infrastructure. As Jose discussed, permitting-related access delays temporarily impacted utilization in the third quarter and early fourth quarter. Despite that impact, Pipeline backlog increased 26% sequentially to approximately $2.3 billion reflecting the continued strength of the underlying demand environment.

With respect to our guidance range, the primary variable is project timing and utilization for Pipeline Infrastructure during the balance of the fourth quarter. The lower end of the range assumes a more gradual ramp on several large projects, while the upper end assumes a more efficient mobilization and progression of work.

Importantly, our outlook does not contemplate any reduction in project scope, customer commitment or underlying economics. We expect any work not completed in '26 will be completed in 2027.

Cash flow from operations for Q3 was $267 million, bringing the year-to-date total to $388 million. We continue to expect over $1 billion of cash flow from operations for 2026, with the fourth quarter benefiting from lower working capital investment due to normal seasonality.

Net leverage for the third quarter was 2.5x with only a partial quarter of superior earnings. We continue to expect net leverage to be below 2x by year-end, consistent with our financial policy. Liquidity of $1.6 billion gives us adequate financial capacity to execute on our capital allocation strategy, prioritizing return on investment.

While we believe acquisitions that align with our strategic objectives and valuation parameters, provide excellent returns, we also believe MasTec's current equity valuation presents an opportunity to create shareholder value through disciplined share repurchases.

In closing, our Power and mission-critical infrastructure platform continues to perform exceptionally well. Power Delivery generated record backlog and strong profitability and Superior continues to perform ahead of our original acquisition expectations. Together, these businesses are benefiting from growing investment in power generation, transmission, substations, electrical systems and large load infrastructure, where the breadth of our capabilities allows us to provide increasingly integrated solutions to customers.

The convergence of capabilities is a key strategic development occurring across MasTec. We are increasingly serving the same customers and projects with various MasTec disciplines and service offerings, allowing us to provide more integrated solutions and participate in a larger portion of their overall infrastructure spend.

Across the broader portfolio, we continue to see attractive opportunities in renewables, transportation, water and natural gas infrastructure. As we enter 2027, we expect margin improvement to be supported by a combination of favorable business mix, including higher utilization of resources, realizing revenue synergies from Superior, growing self-perform activity for general buildings and implementing operational initiatives and communications. We believe these factors, together with record backlog and a strong pipeline of opportunities, position MasTec for continued growth and expanding earnings power in the years ahead.

This concludes our prepared remarks. I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] Our first question will come from the line of Jamie Cook of Truist Securities.

Two questions. One, first on Communications, Jose, just sort of the self-help 200 basis points margin opportunity you're talking about. What prompted this -- what prompted this? And I guess my second question with regard to that, is this more of a cost opportunity? Or is this more of a we want a better balance between growth and margins, and it's sort of okay for Communications to be smaller if the margins are better and just being more selective with the type of work our customers you're working with?

Two questions. One, first on Communications, Jose, just sort of the self-help 200 basis points margin opportunity you're talking about. What prompted this -- what prompted this? And I guess my second question with regard to that, is this more of a cost opportunity? Or is this more of a we want a better balance between growth and margins, and it's sort of okay for Communications to be smaller if the margins are better and just being more selective with the type of work our customers you're working with?

And then my second question, relative to last quarter, Jose, you seem incrementally more positive on gas -- single cycle gas, right, Pipeline and Power Delivery, both Superior and your organic opportunity. Could you rank over which one is most meaningful for 2027? And is this opportunity big enough to potentially offset a more muted outlook for Communications over the next sort of 12 months?

Sure. Thanks, Jamie. So I'll start with the second part of your question. I think that we're definitely saying that we believe that the strength in the other businesses will more than offset any weakness potential in Communications. I think if I was rank stacking really the different opportunities, one of the areas of the industry that I think you can see everywhere, right, is everything related to data centers and mission-critical is performing at a really high level. I think we positioned ourselves to play a much bigger role in that on a go-forward basis. We've won a lot of awards in the second half of the year related to that. These are multiyear projects. So we're excited about what that means.

The reality is that in 2026, it's a relatively small component of our revenue. MasTec's exposure to that market in '26 with -- maybe with the exception of Superior is relatively limited. It will have a significant increase in 2027, and we're pretty excited about that. Power Delivery in addition to what's happening in the mission-critical space is probably well up there in the ranking stock. We feel really good about what's happening there.

On the Pipeline side, our view on Pipeline hasn't really changed, right? We went into Investor Day saying we always thought we'd do about $2.5 billion in '26. We've said we'll do about $3 billion in '27. We think we can hit record levels by '28. That's what we said at Investor Day. I think it's going to play out very similar to that. I think what we're increasingly optimistic about is the scale and time frame of that. I think it's going to last for many, many years. We're talking to customers about project activity going well into the 2030s, which is just remarkable.

And then I'd say, what's happening on the power gen side, while newer tremendous opportunity for us. So we're really excited about the performance of our business, how we're doing. Obviously, we're disappointed with Communications and kind of what we've seen is a significant shift in the business here lately. With all that said, I think we're trying to really react to the market sentiment. So there's pieces of the market within Communications that we're incredibly excited about.

We think that the hyperscale activity is going to be large. It's going to be significant. We're winning large awards. We expect to win more large awards. So we think that's going to be a big driver of the business. We're cautiously optimistic about the rest of it, quite frankly. I think that we will see some vendor slowdown in CapEx in '27. We're planning for that. I think that on the wireless side of the business, there's a range of outcomes, right? If SpaceX is real, is SpaceX does what they want to do, there is no company better positioned than MasTec for an opportunity like that. That could be a meaningful differentiator in our comms business. But if we were guiding today, what I would tell you is we're going to be very conservative as to how we look at '27. We know what we have. So we know we've won hyperscaler activity. We know we've won certain bad projects that are going to start in '27. We think some of that will offset the weaknesses. So if I was guiding today, I'd probably tell you we're going to have a flattish year in '27 but with better margins. I think the upside to the plan over time comes from more hyperscale awards, comes from greater beads projects and then obviously, what's happening in the wireless market with a potential fourth carrier. So again, disappointed with the outlook for that market in the short term. Still positive in the long term, but to reiterate what we said in the prepared remarks, the growth of this business isn't going to come from Communications. It's going to come from the other segments that are performing at really high levels.

Next question will be coming from the line of

Jose or Paul, maybe can you speak to how you're thinking about adding resources for the growth in the legacy Power Delivery business, you've been vocal about building capacity in Pipelines. So can you maybe discuss the same and what we may expect for your CapEx going forward?

What -- I'm sorry, you didn't hear with CapEx expectations?

Yes. I just want to know how you're planning for resource allocation in Power Delivery, you're seeing all this backlog and growth coming up, what you did in Pipeline?

Sure. I mean it's been a really disciplined approach over time. And going back to the award for Greenlink you heard Jose and I talk about our efforts to build capabilities, our crews, our project leadership very deliberately. We've obviously been investing in the capital assets required for that as well. So yes, we'll continue to prioritize investments into that space for both people and equipment.

Yes. And to be clear, I mean, I think our Power Delivery business on an organic basis without Superior grew well over 20% or will grow well over 20% in '26. Earnings have exceeded that at probably north of 35%. So I think we've demonstrated that already in '26. I think we've demonstrated our ability to win you work execute on that work. There's no question that the level of wins and opportunities is accelerating. So we'll continue to do that, but we feel really good about our ability to execute on that and to manage that capital effectively.

Got it. And then on CEI, can you speak to the makeup of the backlog between renewables, civil and general buildings and how the pace of burn works for different parts of backlog so that we can model accordingly for next year and beyond?

Yes. I think all of them are growing. Obviously, the one that you haven't really seen it yet is what we're talking about in gas generation, I think that's in the quarters to come. Infrastructure is pretty -- you don't have big swings in the infrastructure side. Those tend to be larger awards that burn off over a longer period of time. So we don't tend to see great swings in backlog there. Obviously, the higher burn markets is what we see in renewables and what we see in general buildings, both were up significantly in the third quarter. We're very excited about -- I think Paul alluded to it in his statement about the longeity and growth of that renewables backlog build. We believe we'll continue to see that in Q4, along with the general Buildings backlog growth. So both of those are burning. I think we will more than pick up what we burn. Again, the demand in both of those markets right now is really high, and we're excited about our position. So I think that's how you should look at it.

Next question will come from the line of Liam Burke of B. Riley Securities.

Jose, you're looking at 90's -- 2027 with multiple growth opportunities, particularly in the three segments you highlighted. Do you have the assets in place to execute on this? Or do you need to go outside and make an acquisition to complement your internal talent?

I think we have the talent and the people, quite frankly, to execute on what we've talked about. I think there are further opportunities to bring in other types of assets to help us. But I think everything we've talked today has been organic in nature, but there is no question that we have -- and I think Paul alluded to it, we have significant opportunities on the M&A side. And our question is going to be on allocating capital around M&A versus really share repurchases. And I'd probably think you could expect us to do both.

Great. And during the quarter, two large carriers announced pretty high profile advanced fiber purchases. Is this consistent with how you're seeing the fiber optic rollout, particularly on the long haul?

The strength of the market right now, right? It's why -- I mean, it's why we announced the 2,100 mile project. I think there's a lot more awards that are coming in that business. And I think the pace of those awards is really what's going to dictate where we end up in '27 from a total business perspective. If we're able to grow, it will come from that, right? And I think it will be highly driven by that. So we're excited to be able to update the market in the coming months about further progress on those awards.

And our next question will come from the line of Alex Rygiel of Texas Capital Securities.

Great quarter, Jose and team. Jose, if any year, we're on a call here with you and you notably exceed expectations, sort of what are the top two or three catalysts to that upside surprise?

So I think it's Pipeline, right, just because of the nature of the burn in the build. And I think that the market is on a precipice of really taking off. I think it's mission-critical work because of the sheer size and nature of it, right, and the burn opportunity. So I think those are probably some of the -- and I guess, Power Delivery, I'd add into that just because we're seeing tremendous demand. So I think those are the three drivers that you'll see us really impact our ability to exceed earnings.

And then historically, MSAs have been incredibly important to MasTec and kind of creating that long-term customer relationship. You've got some new customers today and you've got some new kind of end market exposure today. But can you talk about your strategy and successes to kind of replicate that MSA model and how important it's going to be in the future?

Yes, I'd say a couple of things, right? I think it's the MSA model that's given us the ability to participate on different types of work. So to your point, it's incredibly important. It gives you market presence. It gives you customer presence, it builds trust. I think if you look at MasTec historically, quite frankly, we've probably been, if anything, in this market a little overexposed to MSAs because we haven't been as active in project awards and to clearly demonstrate that, right? We've been talking about our Transmission business over the last 1.5 years or so, particularly for that, right? We had really good customer relationships in the space.

We weren't as has engaged on the transmission side of the business that we thought really had attractive margin profiles. And you've seen that change in MasTec in 2026. So I do think we're taking advantage of the positions that we've had to take advantage of the project activity that we're seeing.

On the flip side of that, a lot of the new work that we're doing when you think about mission critical, when you think about turnkey, there are massive service opportunities that come on the back of that. We believe that the service business related to mission-critical over the long term is going to be an incredible business. We're positioning ourselves to play a big role in that, and we're pretty excited about what that can mean about for the long-term growth of MasTec.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Steven Fisher of UBS.

Congrats on all the development opportunities here. Just on the power delivery side, can you just give us some updated thoughts on, say, the timing of some of the high-voltage transmission potential bookings? And to what extent are you already preparing resources ahead of that opportunity?

Sure. Thanks, Steve. So a couple of things, right? I think that our transmission business took massive steps forward in the last year. Obviously, we publicly talked about Greenlink. We've talked about our second large award, which started during the quarter. We're sitting on great backlog. We're probably having discussions for more projects than we've ever had before. We think that the market is in a great place. Lots of projects are coming.

I feel we're well positioned. So I think we're using the projects that we're currently on to grow our resources. We think we're ready to take on more projects. We think it's meaningful to the growth of the business and to the margin capabilities of the business, and we're excited to be able to execute on that and really share that story as the coming quarters come along.

Okay. And then sounds like some really broad and strong potential in Clean Energy and Infrastructure. Could you just talk about maybe some of the risk terms and conditions that you're going to be taking on, on these opportunities. I saw in the Q, you've disclosed some reduced productivity and efficiency on some projects within the segment. Can you talk about what's going on there? And how should we think about the risks within some of the bigger opportunities you have ahead?

It's a great question, Steve. And I think one that we've been hyper focused on for a long time. We've talked about risk, especially in the gas generation business and the things that we're willing to do and the things that we're not willing to do. So one of the reasons we're so excited is we think on a risk-adjusted basis, what we're seeing today is dramatically different than what we would have seen 5 or 6 months ago. .

We think we're, again, well positioned. We think that the risk tolerance is well within the levels that we need to take and quite frankly, very risk-adjusted. So we're excited, right? I think when you refer to the commentary that you read out, I think it -- we're experiencing -- especially in that segment, we're -- Clean Energy and Infrastructure as a whole in that segment, we're experiencing dramatic growth, right? We're going to be up 42% in revenue this year. We're going to be up north of that in EBITDA. It's been a fantastic year for our Clean Energy and Infrastructure group.

I know when we look at a particular quarter, we look at a revenue run rate. I think some are a little disappointed with where revenue came in, in Q3 or it's going to come in, in Q4. And I think a lot of that is modeling, right? If you think about the success of that business and you think about how that business has evolved over the last 2 years, it's quite amazing. And if you don't mind, I'm going to write off some numbers here, but starting in 2025 in the first quarter of 2025, that segment generated $916 million of revenue.

Progress into Q2 of '25, it was $1.131 billion. Q3 of '25, was $1.364 billion. Q4 of '25 was $1.288 billion. Q1 of '26 was $1.329 billion. Q2 of '26 was $1.622 billion. Q3 of '26 that we just delivered was $1.825 billion, and we expect to do just under $1.9 billion in Q4, which will be the first time we grow from Q4 to Q3. So I think when you look at a comment like that, we're just talking about nuances on -- and it's pretty broad-based. There's no singular issue. It's just about project starts, our ability to perform at the revenue run rates that we're talking about. But -- all in all, the growth of that business, the improvement in margins in that business over the course of the last 2 years has been phenomenal. And more importantly, we expect to continue to drive that in 2027.

And our next question will come from the line of -- of Piper Sandler.

I have a couple of questions. Just one, we've seen that other large EPCs are scaling data centers through electric and acquisition, self-perform, et cetera, right? You speak of winning bundled awards that pay superior electrical with power delivery and site civil. So what type of margin uplift can we expect to see? Are you able to quantify that for us just the opportunity set? And then separately, can you also talk about any initiatives or plans to capture more of the data center scope of work, perhaps through M&A or other?

Sure. So a couple of things, right? One, we've talked about the different parts of what we're doing in data centers today, right? So when we think about a turnkey job, obviously, those are construction management contracts, they tend to generate lower margins, quite frankly, below segment averages. The reason we do those is because of our ability to self-perform and bring self-perform resources into those projects, which have much better margin capabilities. And our ability to bundle that service what it does for our customers because the assurances of success and execution.

One of the challenges that everybody is facing today is labor, right? I mean I know that leading up to the quarter, there was a lot of concerns about data centers, and we hear the politics around are people for data centers, against data center, what's the political backdrop going to be, what's the economics around them, how much money can be raised to ultimately fund these projects. And we've heard all the noise.

But I am 1,000% convinced that if data centers don't get built in the future, it's not going to have anything to do with politics or financing, it's going to be about availability of people to build them. And I think that is the I think that is the biggest factor that people see. Our customers know it, and they're preparing themselves for it. So as we build an integrated product where we can assure execution, it really positions us differently. We take the margin mix associated with all of those types of services that we can offer, and we think it presents MasTec with a very attractive return profile.

So I think we've -- to your question, I think we've done a lot of that. I think we've really grown our resource capabilities to be able to provide our customers as much of a turnkey approach that we can. There are still elements of it that we do not perform that we do think are interesting in M&A. And I think as time goes on, we'll see if we can execute on some of those.

And our next question will come from the line of Manish Somaiya of Cantor Fitzgerald.

First question for Paul. I'm not sure, Paul, if you gave out how much of the Pipeline revenues and EBITDA moved from '26 in '27. And then Jose, as we look at the strong Pipeline markets over the next couple of years, my question as it pertains to '27 is, how are you ensuring internally that the projects that you have for '27 stay on the time line that you budget for? Related to that, are you getting paid for holding crews ahead of the rent in a tight capacity market?

Yes. So Manish, I'll take the question you ask Paul as well. So I think maybe starting with that, I think the message is whatever we don't complete in '26 is going to push into '27, and that was really the purpose of the range of the guidance. So I don't know that we're not going to give a specific number on that, but you can assume that that's kind of our thinking.

As it relates to the work, so let's break your question up in a couple of pieces. I think the beauty of, obviously, the challenges that we've had here at the end of the year is that the predominant workload required to get us through at least, for sure, the first half of '27, if not a little bit more, are the projects that we just started. So these are large projects. They were not all in backlog in Q3. Some will actually start in Q4 and show up in backlog in Q4. Those jobs are a big part of our early -- or our first half '27 plan. So I think it gives us incredible visibility into that.

I think it really sets us up well. The question becomes, we already know the projects that we expect to start in the second half of '27. One of the challenges that we faced this year is we had a lot of projects starting at the same time. I think that will be a little bit more moderated in '27. And at the same time, I think how we will adapt to that based on the performance that we had in '26 is we're going to take a conservative view, right? I think we're obviously very bullish about '27. I think we're going to be conservative in our approach to guidance. I think we're going to really work through the things that we're sure are going to start. And if there's if there's risk to certain projects starting, we're going to be more conservative as to how we model that in and how we think about that in '27.

But historically -- and again, I want to emphasize, the majority of these pushouts were really short. I mean 60 days, it's a long time when you talk about quarters because it flows into one quarter or another, but a 60-day delay in very large projects is really not that meaningful.

So to your last part of your question, which I think kind of puts it together is what's the compensation like when you can start these projects and what are customers doing? Well, one of the reasons that you saw our margins come down in Q3 is customers did help us on cost, right? We were able to either put people to work on lower margin projects or be compensated for people sitting but not at the same margin levels that we would expect during construction. So I think that's one of the reasons you see the margin dip in Q3. And as we actually put those people to work on productive projects, we're hopeful that our margins will go back to our historical margin profile. So I think again, we're -- '27 should be a better year than '26. '28 is going to be a lot better than '27. And I think starting in '28, we're going to have some unbelievable years within our Pipeline segment for a number of years after that.

And our next question will come from Julien Dumoulin-Smith of Jeffries.

I appreciate it, Jose and team. Look, maybe to follow up on some of the comments here real quickly around the Pipeline segment. How do you think about the time line and cadence for some of that to be realized? I mean, you've made some very specific remarks about what is going to happen on Pipeline and potential like near-term awards? But real how near term is that realized and effectively burn through if you will? And then maybe speaking a little bit more broadly on this. You mentioned about like 1,000-plus miles, et cetera. How far can the visibility get at this point in the cycle? Or is it still going to be fairly near term -- in terms of that revenue recognition just given the overall cadence of that business?

Yes. Look, when we see projects announced today, right? If you pick up the paper and tomorrow another 1,000 mile project gets announced, the reality is that project is probably the time cycle for that project that best starts in '28, most likely starts in '29. So projects like that end up being build cycles of '29, '30, '31. Some of the projects that were announced in the last few months go out as far as '32 in to pro completion.

So what we're going to be working on in the next 2 years and quite frankly, that's going to build our '27 and '28 plan aren't new project announcements. There have been projects we've been working on for a long time. So all this does, all these announcements do, it really extends the time line of the visibility that we see. So -- we've got a large number of projects that we constantly follow, we constantly talk to our customers about. We're constantly revising when we think potential start dates are.

A lot of that has to do with not just the permitting side, but more importantly, pipe orders, like physical pipe orders, of which all the projects we're going to build in '27 and '28, quite frankly, the pipe has been ordered. So we know when that pipe arrives. We know when permitting is expected to finish. So we have a relatively good time line for our expectations. Again, those could vary by a couple of months, but we don't expect them to vary by much more than that. So again, we think on a full year basis, we think we've got excellent visibility.

And just as a quick follow-up, if you can. On Clean Energy, you commented like very bullishly here on quarter-over-quarter-over-quarter. What are you seeing for '27 and '28, just in terms of like that ongoing cadence. I just want to make sure I heard you very clearly on how you would frame out that growth? Because obviously, the sector at large is not growing in that trajectory that you described for your specific business?

Well, I mean, we're not going to give guidance today, but I would expect it to continue. And I mean, the word I would say about the sector is a lot of our data center work is within that sector, right, or within that segment. So it is a part of the business that's growing at unbelievable rates, right? We -- I mean, again, those that are more exposed to data center work today are performing better, period. So our level of exposure to that market is going to significantly increase in '27, and we expect our performance to increase with it.

Our next question will come from the line of Andrew Kaplowitz of Citigroup.

Jose, you mentioned you're potentially well positioned with SpaceX. Obviously, there's a lot of confusion out there about the outlook for Communications, given the new entrants. So maybe we could double click on what you're seeing I assume is down given tough comps and delays. But if wireline projects continue to move to the right, and is there a potential to start growing your hyperscaler communication-focused business relatively significantly in '27 to offset the potentially traditional CapEx weakness that you mentioned?

Yes, that's exactly what we're saying. So these awards that we've won. We know exactly when they start, and we think that the strength of that will help offset the weakness in the other parts of the business. When we talk about SpaceX opportunity, I mean we have -- we're not even thinking about that relative to a plan or a '27 cycle. Obviously, what's been reported, if they actually go through with that, it's -- I mean, it changes I mean, we -- I'd probably restate all the rankings that I previously stated, it faces actually did what they were going to do -- say they're going to do.

It's helpful. And then maybe just looking at Superior a little bit more closely. I think you said backlog came in at $1.8 billion. I think it was $1.4 billion last quarter. Can you give us a little more color on how it's integrating into MasTec, the opportunity into '27 versus the sort of numbers you gave us, are you feeling about the business in the early days?

I mean we're feeling better about everything. So we are feeling slightly better about what they'll perform in '27. We think backlog will grow for them in the fourth quarter. We have now probably our first really fully integrated approach using Superior on a project is in late-stage negotiations. We hope it's something that we can land. So we think it's been very meaningful to our ability to position ourselves on different projects. So I think both from the third quarter, from what we expect in fourth quarter next year backlog growth, they are outperforming everything we expected.

And I would just add, it's not just general buildings using Superior. Superior has been really collaborative, bringing our traditional utility resources on the data center campuses for outside plant work, to help supplement areas that they have opportunities with clients. So it's been a real win in terms of integration, collaboration, great group, great management team, everything we expected has just been exceeded they've been there part of MasTec so far.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Justin Hauke of Baird.

Great. I wanted to just ask about the cash flow. Obviously, 4Q, you guys always have a big -- 4Q, this one is particularly big. And I guess I was more curious just thinking about maybe potential lumpiness of it going forward. Just your MSA revenue mix is now about 1/3 of your revenue. And wasn't that long ago, it was more like 2/3 and the unapproved change orders and unbilled have gone up, and obviously, you're doing these bigger projects. So just trying to think about maybe the visibility you have on the fourth quarter and then maybe more broadly, just how you're thinking about the conversion rate for cash flow going forward and whether we should expect more lumpiness than historically?

Sure. No, I actually think we're moving into a more predictable cadence, Justin. Comms has always been our worst performing working capital business, and they were a driver of some of the -- I would expect it to drive more in Q3 and their DSO underperformed a little bit. The business that are growing the most, the large load exposed businesses Renewables, Pipeline, they have excellent working capital parameters. And so part of it is just Q4. Yes, it's the normal seasonality and releasing of working capital, but the mix will drive improvements in DSO. And I think that will benefit us from a -- a more predictable cadence going forward as well, right? As those businesses that have really good working capital profiles become a higher percentage of revenue, it's just help the overall mix. And Comms has been challenged. They've degraded a little bit from their lows of '25, and they got to get better for sure. I mean we're actively working at that. But the rest of the businesses are performing well, and we think it will give us better predictability -- better conversion, number one. But also less lumpiness than we've seen in some of the recent years.

Okay. That's helpful. I guess my second question is just circling back to the Communications segment. Is the 10-Q kind of talked about 2 buckets of the EBITDA weakness. And one was the revenue weakness in wireless, but then the bigger bucket was project execution issues on wireline revenue activity where the revenue was actually higher. So I guess I was just -- I know we touched on it a little bit on this call already, but if you could just give a little bit more color on specifically on the wireline side, what was kind of the issue that drove the margin weakness there?

Yes. I think that refers to a number of offices that we opened in anticipation of some growth with some customers. I think that based on the changes, and I think that's what we've been talking about, based on the changes of the market, we're going to close some of those down. I mean, when we talk about restructuring our business, we talk about becoming leaner. And I think there's areas that we've been excited about the potential. We're going to take a step back. We're going to really focus on the areas that have delivered the highest margin opportunities from us, and then we'll grow into programmatic work, right? So as these big programs come up, those are meaningful for us. We can drive high margins, and we're going to refocus our efforts around that.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Marc Bianchi of TD Cowen.

I'll keep it to just one in the interest of time. Can you remind us the approximate size of the buildings business in C&I for '26? And I think you mentioned that's going to be a big contributor to the growth in '27. So if there's any way to frame how much that's contributing. And I understand this business is a little lower margin. You mentioned the better returns. But as we look at C&I in totality for '27, is this potentially something that could hold back the margin progression? Or how are you thinking about the evolution of margins, which is with this mix coming up in '27?

Yes. So a couple of things. I think Paul referred in his remarks about the business growing at about 4x what it was last year. So last year it was about a $300 million business this year. It's just north of $1.2 billion. I think that there's no -- and I think that business is going to grow really nicely as into '27 and beyond. I think it all goes back to some of the comments that we talked about earlier, right, is that the specific nature of that business probably has a lower margin profile, but what it gets to bring with it is really good. So on a total level, we would expect the margin profile from those jobs to be accretive to MasTec margins.

I'm showing no further questions being taken at this time. I would like to hand the call back to Joseph for closing remarks.

Yes, I just want to thank everybody for participating today, and we look forward to updating you on our next year-end call. Thank you.

And this concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.

Thank you for standing by, and welcome to MasTec's Second Quarter 2026 Financial Results Conference Call, originally broadcast on Friday, July 31, 2026. Today's call is being recorded.

I'd now like to turn the call over to Marc Lewis for some opening comments.

Thanks, Dan, and good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us for MasTec's Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer; and Paul Dimarco, Chief Financial Officer. We prepared slides to supplement our remarks, which are posted on MasTec's website on the Investors tab and through the webcast link. There is also a companion document with information and analytics on the quarter and a guidance summary to assist in future financial modeling.

Please read the forward-looking statement disclaimer contained in the slides accompanying this call. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. Because these statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K, as updated by our current and periodic reports and filings with the SEC include detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences.

In today's remarks, we will also be discussing adjusted financial metrics reconciled in yesterday's press release and supporting schedules. We may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures on this call. A reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial measures not reconciled in these comments to the most comparable GAAP financial measures can be found in our earnings release, our slides and companion documents.

We had a nice in-line quarter. And I'd like to turn the call over to Jose for his commentary. Jose?

Thanks, Marc. Good morning, and welcome to MasTec's 2026 Second Quarter Call. Today, I'll be reviewing our second quarter results as well as providing my outlook for the markets we serve. First, some second quarter highlights. Revenue for the quarter was $4.374 billion, up 23% year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA was $384 million, a 40% year-over-year increase. And adjusted earnings per share was $2.22, a 49% year-over-year increase. And backlog at quarter end was $21.4 billion, a nearly $5 billion year-over-year increase and $1 billion sequential organic increase, a new record level.

In summary, we delivered another excellent quarter. In fact, we set new highs across virtually every key financial metric. More importantly, the underlying demand driving these results continues to strengthen. Revenue, EBITDA and EPS were all above guidance with strong year-over-year double-digit growth. EBITDA margins improved 100 basis points versus last year's second quarter and total company book-to-bill was over 1.2x, setting yet another backlog record.

2026 is on track to be a record year, and the recent acquisition of the Superior Group only adds to the momentum we are building as we look ahead to 2027 and beyond. Maybe more importantly, beyond the second quarter performance, what we're seeing across our end markets continues to reinforce our confidence in the longer-term opportunity in front of us. Just a few months ago in May, we held an Investor Day in New York. We had the chance to provide more detail around the opportunities for each of our business segments and set longer-term financial targets, including specific 2028 organic targets.

We believe we've made a lot of progress in the 2 months since Investor Day. While we recognize there has been increased noise in recent weeks related to market dynamics, the pace of project bids, negotiations and longer-term development is as strong as we've ever seen. In fact, during the second quarter, we have seen a meaningful increase in large project pursuits. To reiterate, we are seeing unprecedented demand across our business, and we expect that to translate into further continued strong backlog growth.

Also since Investor Day, we've now closed on the largest acquisition in our history. I'd again like to welcome the Superior family to MasTec. While Superior is a great company with incredible growth opportunities ahead, we're very bullish on our ability to further the impact of Superior by coupling other MasTec services to enhance our growth across the mission-critical space. We believe this acquisition enhances our capabilities, deepens our customer relationships, expands our highly skilled workforce and broadens our addressable market.

More importantly, it positions MasTec to lead what we believe will be a generational infrastructure investment cycle driven by AI, electrification and the continued growth of digital infrastructure. For the balance of 2026, while we expect continued strength across Pipeline, Power Delivery and our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment, we are experiencing some pressure in our Communications segment. While our longer-term outlook in Communications is unchanged, we are experiencing some short-term pressure.

The 2 primary drivers are lower wireless revenues in the second half of 2026 relative to the first half as well as certain wireline project deferrals. Wireless revenues exceeded our plans for the first half, and the next wave of growth will be driven by the rollout of new spectrum where the related equipment won't be available until next year. On the wireline side, we're being impacted by RDOF projects rolling off and the replacement projects we've won are having delayed starts.

We see fiber expansion as the greatest opportunity within that segment and are seeing significant capital investments from our customers there. While wireless has historically represented a larger portion of our Communications business, the investments we have made in wireline over the last several years are an important part of our growth story. Our Communications business grew organically by more than 30% last year.

And as we continue to shift more towards wireline, we've seen some variability in project cadence and quarter revenue timing. We've continued to win work associated with hyperscaler connectivity and are currently pursuing billions of dollars of opportunities related to that end market within our Communications segment.

Moving on to Power Delivery. Revenue was up nearly 20% year-over-year and EBITDA grew by 24%. Margins were up sequentially by 220 basis points, and we expect continued strong performance for the balance of 2026. Backlog for the segment was up nearly $1.3 billion over last year, and we've had an excellent start to the third quarter in new bookings. Utilities are spending heavily on transmission, system hardening and reliability, and that's being driven by both aging infrastructure and increasing demand.

A big part of that demand is coming from mission critical, where we see really strong long-term demand and significant expansion of the grid, new transmission lines, substations and upgrades across the system. When you combine load growth, resilience and energy transition, it creates a long duration and a highly visible opportunity set.

The combination of MasTec and Superior enhances our ability to meet those demands while also providing Superior and its customers with the benefits of MasTec's financial strength, broader geographic reach and diversified infrastructure platform. Again, we see meaningful opportunities to expand relationships with existing customers by offering a broader range of services across both organizations.

In Clean Energy & Infrastructure, segment revenues increased 43% year-over-year. EBITDA was up 54% and segment backlog increased sequentially by $500 million, representing a book-to-bill of 1.3x. Backlog growth was driven primarily by renewables, where we continue to see really strong demand for both near and long term. We're also very excited about the demand around power generation. As we covered in our Investor Day, we are focused on simple cycle and RICE engines. The number of pursuits has increased materially, and our bullishness has only increased since Investor Day.

We're also seeing strong demand for our water infrastructure business, and that integration has gone very well. Our recent turnkey data center project is also progressing well and is a strong example of the demand for the breadth of MasTec's platform with multiple sister companies working together on the same project. Demand for the skill set that MasTec has developed in construction management, coupled with the capabilities we have in civil, power, telecom and maintenance creates a significant opportunity to substantially expand this part of our business.

We are currently in the midst of several large pursuits and fully expect additional awards in 2026. Our focus remains on partnering with customers early in the development process, helping them solve complex infrastructure challenges and positioning MasTec to capture opportunities across the full life cycle of mission-critical projects. Coupled with our ability to self-perform a significant portion of the work we expect this part of our business to be a meaningful driver of solid long-term growth.

On the Pipeline side, the fundamentals are also very solid. For the quarter, pipeline segment revenue was up 19% year-over-year and EBITDA nearly doubled. Backlog increased just over $450 million sequentially and backlog hit its highest level since the second quarter of 2023. With that said, our long-term visibility is far better than our reported backlog number represents. The mission-critical power generation opportunity is also creating significant demand for Pipeline infrastructure.

Our customers are committing to future gas deliveries that will drive significant Pipeline investment. This, coupled with current pipeline bottlenecks and constraints has significantly enhanced our longer-term prospects in this segment. In closing, we expect 2026 to be a great year. With record performance across revenue, profitability and backlog, these results reflect strong execution across the business and the strength of our diversified platform.

More importantly, the amount of investment going into critical infrastructure right now is significant and is being driven by some very durable trends, whether that's AI and data centers, grid reliability, energy demand, critical infrastructure or connectivity. We believe MasTec is uniquely positioned at the center of these critical infrastructure trends with the capabilities, customer relationships and backlog to drive sustained growth.

Given our performance, momentum and the addition of Superior, we are increasing our full year guidance. We now expect revenues of $18.2 billion, adjusted EBITDA of $1.6 billion and earnings per share of $9.30, representing year-over-year growth of 27%, 39% and 42%, respectively. Reflecting on our updated guidance, it's important to recognize that our exposure to the mission-critical market at scale is still in its early stages.

The acquisition of Superior, together with the turnkey data center award we received in the fourth quarter of last year, has fundamentally expanded MasTec's position in this market. Despite nearly $2.5 billion of backlog growth over the past 2 quarters, only a modest portion contributes to 2026 revenue, with the majority expected to benefit 2027. We believe that timing reinforces the long-term earnings power of the business.

We believe we're in the early stages of one of the largest infrastructure investment cycles we've ever seen, and MasTec is better positioned today than at any point in our history to capitalize on that opportunity. I'd like to take a moment to thank the men and women of MasTec. It is both an honor and a privilege to lead such an outstanding team.

Our people are deeply committed to the values that define us, safety, environmental stewardship, integrity and honesty while consistently delivering high-quality projects at the best possible value for our customers. These principles have not gone unnoticed. Our customers recognize and appreciate the dedication and excellence our team brings to every project. It is through the hard work and commitment of our people that we have positioned ourselves for continued growth and long-term success.

I will now turn the call over to Paul for our financial review. Paul?

Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. We are pleased with our second quarter performance and the continued execution across our business. For the quarter, revenue was approximately $4.375 billion, adjusted EBITDA was approximately $384 million and adjusted EPS was approximately $2.22 with each metric exceeding guidance and representing another quarter of strong year-over-year growth across all major financial metrics.

Adjusted EBITDA margins expanded approximately 100 basis points year-over-year, reflecting solid operating performance for the consolidated business. Our second quarter results were driven by broad-based strength across most of the portfolio. Power Delivery generated approximately $1.25 billion of revenue with EBITDA margins exceeding 9%, benefiting from strong execution and continued utility infrastructure investment.

Pipeline Infrastructure delivered another excellent quarter, generating approximately $643 million of revenue with EBITDA margins approaching 20%, reflecting both strong project execution and favorable project mix. Clean Energy and Infrastructure generated approximately $1.6 billion of revenue and $120 million of EBITDA, supported by continued growth across renewables, infrastructure and mission-critical construction activity.

Together, these businesses continue to benefit from substantial demand for infrastructure construction across power generation and delivery, natural gas, heavy civil and data centers. Backlog increased to another record level of approximately $21.4 billion at quarter end, growing roughly 5% sequentially and 30% year-over-year. Total company book-to-bill was approximately 1.2x, led by strong performance in Pipeline Infrastructure and Clean Energy and Infrastructure, while Power Delivery backlog also increased to a new record level.

The continued growth in backlog provides us with excellent visibility entering the second half of 2026 and reinforces our confidence in the medium-term outlook for the business. One of the most important takeaways from the quarter is the strength and resiliency of our business model. While we are reducing Communications outlook for the remainder of 2026, the strength of our other businesses is expected to offset the Communications impact and support our full year outlook.

Power Delivery, Pipeline and Clean Energy & Infrastructure are all performing at or above our expectations, supported by strong execution and attractive backlog development. This highlights the significant benefits of the diversification strategy we have built over many years and demonstrates our ability to deliver growth even when conditions vary across individual end markets. In particular, we continue to see substantial investment activity tied to electrical and grid modernization, power generation, data center development, industrial infrastructure and natural gas infrastructure.

These markets benefit from durable long-term demand drivers and collectively represent a much larger portion of our business today than they did just a few years ago. As a result, we believe MasTec is increasingly positioned to deliver more consistent growth and less dependent on any single infrastructure cycle.

In July, we closed the acquisition of the Superior Group, which further strengthens our position in several of the fastest-growing infrastructure markets we serve. Superior expands our electrical infrastructure capabilities with the mission-critical facilities and data centers, as a highly skilled workforce of approximately 3,000 team members, and broadens our ability to provide integrated solutions to many of our largest customers. We continue to be excited about the long-term strategic and financial benefits this transaction creates.

Now I'll share some additional details on our second quarter segment performance and outlook. Our Communications segment generated approximately $890 million of revenue and $73 million of EBITDA for the second quarter, resulting in EBITDA margins of approximately 8.2%. Revenue was generally consistent with our expectations for the quarter. However, execution challenges on certain projects, coupled with higher indirect fuel and equipment expenses led to lower profit flow-through than anticipated.

While we remain very constructive on the long-term outlook for broadband infrastructure, fiber deployment and data center interconnect opportunities, we are seeing near-term project deferrals that are expected to moderate the pace of upcoming customer spending. As a result, we are reducing our communications revenue and earnings expectations for the balance of 2026. We now expect full year communications revenue of approximately $3.25 billion and EBITDA margins in the high single digits, approximately 100 basis points lower year-over-year.

While disappointing in the near term, we are using this period as an opportunity to rightsize our operational support model and rationalize select markets that do not align with our longer-term growth and margin objectives. For the third quarter, revenue is expected to be approximately $800 million with high single-digit adjusted EBITDA margins.

Our Power Delivery segment delivered another solid quarter. Revenue was approximately $1.25 billion with EBITDA of $113 million, both exceeding our expectations and representing margins of just over 9%, expanding over 30 basis points year-over-year. Demand across our utility and transmission business remains very strong, driven by grid modernization, electrification, system reliability investments and the growing power requirements associated with data center development.

Power Delivery backlog increased to another record level of approximately $6.3 billion with book-to-bill of 1.1x despite record quarterly revenue. We continue to see strong award activity, expanding scope on existing projects and increasing interest from customers in larger, more integrated project delivery models. For the third quarter, we now expect Power Delivery, inclusive of Superior results to generate approximately $1.6 billion in revenue with EBITDA margins in the low double digits and full year revenue of approximately $5.725 billion with EBITDA margins also in the low double digits.

Our Pipeline Infrastructure segment continued to perform very strong. Revenue for the quarter was approximately $643 million with EBITDA of approximately $119 million or 18.4% EBITDA margin. Strong project execution continues to drive EBITDA results while broader market demand continues to build. Backlog increased to approximately $1.8 billion, up 35% sequentially, a book-to-bill of 1.7x, representing the strongest growth rate of any of our segments this quarter.

In addition, as we've discussed previously, our reported backlog does not fully capture the level of customer engagement and product development activity we continue to see. For the third quarter, we expect revenue of approximately $645 million and EBITDA margins in the mid-teens, consistent with our prior outlook, reflecting project timing and mix moderating somewhat from strong first half levels. Our full year outlook remains largely unchanged as we position the business for the expected ramp into 2027.

Our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment generated over $1.6 billion of revenue and $128 million of EBITDA during the quarter. Demand remained strong across renewables, civil infrastructure, industrial construction and general building with a modest revenue mix driven by timing. Backlog increased to approximately $7.8 billion, growing roughly $500 million sequentially with a book-to-bill of 1.3x despite another record quarterly revenue. Renewables also continued their streak of sequential backlog growth.

Looking to the third quarter, we expect revenue to increase to approximately $1.9 billion, 40% growth year-over-year with EBITDA margins in the high single digits, in line with 2025's third quarter despite a higher revenue contribution from general buildings at mid-single-digit margins. For the full year, we now expect revenue of approximately $6.8 billion and EBITDA margin in the high single digits, both ahead of our prior expectations.

From a consolidated perspective, we now expect full year revenue of $18.2 billion, adjusted EBITDA of $1.6 billion and adjusted EPS of $9.30. For the third quarter, we expect revenue of $4.9 billion, adjusted EBITDA of $482 million and adjusted EPS of $2.98. Cash flow from operations was essentially flat for Q2 with working capital investment offsetting the strong sequential and year-over-year earnings growth.

Overall, we expect over $1 billion of cash flow from operations for 2026 with the majority anticipated to come in Q4. Net leverage at Q2 was 1.8x and would have been 2.2x pro forma for the Superior acquisition. We expect net leverage to be below 2x by year-end, consistent with our financial policy. Overall, we are pleased with our Q2 results and outlook for 2026. Our broadly diversified service offerings continue to provide resiliency to MasTec's consolidated earnings profile.

We entered the second half of the year with record backlog, strong visibility and increased momentum. When we combine the strength with the expected contribution from Superior, we believe the company is well positioned to continue delivering profitable growth while benefiting from some of the most attractive infrastructure investment trends in North America. This concludes our prepared remarks. I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Alex Rygiel with Texas Capital.

Our next question comes from Liam Burke with B. Riley Securities.

Jose, there's been a lot of noise in your telecom business and some of the opportunistic long-term opportunities are discussed in fiber-to-the-home and BEADs. How does the outlook for long-haul upgrade and construction look over time as you get through the puts and takes of wireless?

Yes. So Liam, let me address a little bit more off script. So obviously, we're disappointed with our Comms, both results in the quarter and our guidance for the balance of the year. We underperformed a little bit as we started to see pressure at the tail end of the quarter. I want to make a couple of points, right? One is that the capital investment in the industry isn't really declining. It's changing, right?

So if you take, for example, spectrum, right? There's been a lot of news on spectrum. There's been multiple carriers that have bought spectrum this year. Carriers have to make a decision, right? If they buy spectrum and they have to do -- add capacity to sites, do they do it now and then have to go back and redo that with new spectrum early next year? Or do they hold off and do it all at the same time? And I think that's what we're seeing, and that's impacting negatively our wireless business, right?

It actually is a positive in the long term of the business because those spectrum build-outs is good news for MasTec over the long term. But in the short term, it's creating delays on projects that we expected to complete on the second half. In addition, what we're seeing in the business is that -- the best part of that business is going to be the hyperscaler build-outs. And we're winning our share. We talked about pursuits of multiple projects north of $1 billion. But those take time, right? Those aren't '27 builds.

We're seeing some RDOF projects fall off a little bit earlier than we expected. And some of the work that we had won to replace that is facing some delays and some permitting challenges. So again, we're disappointed about what it means to the second half, but we believe that the long-term fundamentals of that business are unchanged. We believe our customers' capital plans are unchanged. They're just changing how they spend it.

The fact is that historically, we've been more skewed to wireless. We've changed that over the last few years. We've done a great job of building our wireline business. And unfortunately, we're getting caught up in timing here as some project shifts and move. But overall, we're pretty excited about where that business is going. And again, we think the long-term fundamentals of it are unchanged.

So just as a follow-on, on the wireline side, you're getting involved now in the planning stages of all these projects, giving you better visibility, probably not in '26, but in the longer haul?

There's no question, right? And I think -- look, this is a legacy business for us. I think we've got a great reputation in this business. We have great customer relationships. I think we're very close to our customers. I think we fully understand what's going on. We're disappointed that we didn't catch it earlier and really communicate it earlier. But we're managing the best that we can. And outside of Comms, quite frankly, our business is doing great. So we're in a position to kind of manage through this and hopefully see it shift in 2027.

Our next question comes from Andy Kaplowitz with Citigroup.

Just maybe a little more detail on the telecom stuff. Is it more, you think, broad-based deferrals across a bunch of wireline customers and more a couple of customers delaying with the RDOF transition? And we think about that $400 million in lower Communications guidance or delays something like 75% wireless, 25% wireline, are they more even? Just any color would be helpful.

Yes, I'd say a couple of things. I'd say it's pretty specific to a couple of customers on the wireline side, especially as it relates to our business. We had some wins that we expected to kick off that are getting pushed by a couple of months. I'd say it's roughly 50-50, maybe a little bit more skewed to wireless.

Okay. Very helpful. And then Paul mentioned using this time to rightsize the Communication business a bit. Maybe you could give us a little more color into what that means? And can it help you offset the higher fuel and other costs that Paul mentioned that's impacting your business to ultimately get that margin back into the double digits over time?

Yes. Look, a couple of things. One is the margin profile for the second half of the year is actually much improved from the first half. We expect second half margins in that business to be up about 200 basis points in the second half versus the first half despite the revenue challenges. Some of that we're doing through exactly what Paul talked about, right, is we're really trying to max -- we've grown a lot in that business over the last year. So we're taking this opportunity to really create more efficiencies and build into that, but also understanding that we expect it to come back pretty strong. So we can't cut too deep, but I think we're taking our time to manage as best as we can through this and take advantage to the extent that we can of short-term pressure.

Our next question comes from Alex Rygiel with Texas Capital.

I apologize for that, Jose, a very nice quarter. You mentioned that you're seeing an increase in large project pursuits. Can you expand upon what segments these opportunities are in? And give us some color on the timing of these?

Yes. One of the things that we've really tried to outline today is kind of talk about the entire industry, right? And if you think about even across our peer group, right, if you see who's having success and what areas of the business are having success, everything tied to mission-critical is doing extremely well right now. And I think, again, part of the prepared remarks were about what we've seen in the market over the course of the last few months with people's concerns around that industry. We're seeing quite the opposite.

We're seeing unbelievable demand. and we're seeing no end in sight to that. The truth is that as a percentage of revenues, right, our business relative to mission critical has been quite small, right, smaller than our peers when you look at it. And if you look at the areas that were most impacted by those industries, which would be in Clean Energy and in Power Delivery, those businesses are doing unbelievably well for us, right? For us to grow our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business by 43% in revenues year-over-year for the quarter, EBITDA by 54% in that market.

In Power Delivery, we grew 20%. We grew EBITDA by 24% in the quarter. We've got similar results expected for the full year. So those businesses that are touched or impacted by that part of the business are doing unbelievably well, right? So what we've done over the course of the last 6 months and even over the course of the last week since we've closed Superior is we feel like we've significantly increased our exposure to that market.

That will lead to a lot more work. It will lead to a lot more growth. We tried to highlight the fact that we've won $2.5 billion of additional backlog or backlog growth in the first half of the year, of which very little has impacted '26, right? So we're beginning to see what you're seeing in a lot of other people's reports, right, which is those businesses are good. Those businesses offer significantly outsized growth. Unfortunately, we haven't been in a position to benefit the same way others have here over the course of '26, but I think we've positioned ourselves to do that going forward, and we're really excited about what that means for us.

And then at a high level, do you anticipate backlog ending 2026 at a higher level than today, inclusive of Superior? And if so, what segments may see the greatest near-term growth?

So the answer to the question is absolutely yes. And we expect it to be in Power Delivery, Clean Energy and Infrastructure and Pipeline. We think those 3 will drive backlog growth. Obviously, as it relates to mission-critical, Power Delivery and Clean Energy and Infrastructure will be the most impacted by those. But we do expect nice growth between now and the balance and the end of the year.

Our next question comes from Sangita Jain with KeyBanc Capital Markets.

I'm going to ask one on Pipeline. So contrary to what we've seen in the last few quarters, your backlog grew this quarter, but you kept the revenue guide unchanged. So just wondering if there's a read into that, that you may be moving to other geographies for some larger Pipeline projects?

No, nothing to read into it. I think we've been really clear about Pipeline. We came into the year. with the level of expectation. We said it would be hard to beat that because of materials. We still feel the same way. We just won a project that -- got contracts signed. The work is actually for '27. It's not even for '26. It kind of drove a lot of that backlog.

So again, we've always said backlog is tricky in that business. Our visibility is fantastic for multiple years out. We feel really good about '27. We feel amazing about '28 and '29. So it's just -- unfortunately, backlog isn't representative of the strength of that business. You see a little bit of that changing now if we expect further projects to book between now and the balance of the year, but that big increase in backlog doesn't really impact '26.

And should we consider a similar margin profile for second half versus first half for the projects that you do have in backlog currently?

I think that our guidance hasn't changed. We normally guide to the same levels. We might have slightly lower revenue in the second half than the first half. I think that's what's called out in guidance. So I would expect similar -- I would expect the margin profile that we're guiding to.

Our next question comes from Jamie Cook with Truist.

I guess a couple of questions. Just one, obviously, we announced Superior and the acquisition is closed. I'm just wondering, Jose, how conversations have evolved with customers now that this is public and they understand your broadened, I guess, skill set and have conversations evolved in that? Do you think that could create potential revenue synergies? So I guess that's my first question. And then my second question -- sorry, go ahead.

I think we've been pleasantly surprised. Conversations with customers has gone unbelievably well. We think there's incredible opportunity. I think it's why we spent so time -- so much time in our prepared remarks talking about it. I think that -- I think it will definitely translate into a lot more business for all of MasTec, and I think it will be evident before year-end. We'll be able to get into a lot of detail around that.

Okay. And then I guess just second question. Obviously, the backlog growth was strong in the quarter, in particular, CE&I. I'm just wondering, as we look at that backlog growth, was it larger awards? Was it just sort of base hits? Because I'm trying to think about that backlog growth with the backdrop that you're pursuing these large billion dollar awards and what that could mean for backlog as we exit the year?

Yes. It was not inclusive of any of those large type of pursuits. Those are -- those were not the wins that drove the backlog in the second quarter. It was more our normal type work, normal-sized projects.

Our next question comes from Marc Bianchi with TD Cowen.

I guess the first one, just on the Communications and the deferrals and sort of how you see '27 shaping up. I mean, should we be thinking that you can get back to sort of first half '26 run rate in the first half of '27? Or does it take longer to -- for the business to come back?

I think it's definitely going to be better than the -- than our run rate in the second half. I think we've got to come back to that as we know more. Again, we're chasing a lot of big pursuits right now that's going to have a big impact on '27 overall. So as some of that comes to fruition, I think we'd be better -- in a better position to answer that question.

Okay. And then just on Superior, you mentioned $1.4 billion of backlog for them. That was in May. You've got another month, I guess, under the belt. Curious how that backlog has evolved. And when you say $1.4 billion, is that synonymous with the 18-month backlog that you guys talked about?

So a couple of things. I think that we're really pleased with the progression of Superior's business with their backlog build, with the expected backlog build through the balance of '26. We'll be able to report that next quarter. I think we're really bullish as to what's happening with their customers with longer-term pursuits. We're in discussions for lots of projects over a very long and extended period of time. The $1.4 billion was similar to how we would look at our backlog build, and we look forward to updating the Street on those numbers when we report our third quarter numbers.

Our next question comes from Brian Brophy with Stifel.

Jose, curious your thoughts on pursuing international Pipeline opportunities and how you think about those projects from a risk mitigation standpoint, both from a margin profitability standpoint as well as a collection standpoint?

Sure. So I think a couple of things about maybe broader international work. I think one of the interesting things about these businesses that we're building is they're people light, right? So whether you're thinking about turnkey data centers or even -- there's an enormous amount of activity that we're seeing around the world in pipelines. To the extent that we can participate with light touch, which is kind of just supervision and management. We've talked a lot about that in our data center business. I think it becomes really interesting around the world.

Obviously, when you think about data centers, one of the primary drivers is the cost of power. And there's lots of areas in the world where cost of power is a lot lower than what it is in the U.S., and we're seeing a lot of customers really start to focus on that. And I think the opportunity to play there is going to exist for MasTec and along with pipelines, right? I think there's -- we've seen the world shift here over the course of the last few months with some of -- with the war and what we're seeing with commodity prices in general around the world. And I think ways to improve the system and provide conventional fuels differently is something that everybody is exploring. So I think there's great opportunities that, that's going to bring to companies like MasTec over the coming years.

Our next question comes from Philip Shen with ROTH Capital Partners.

First one is on data center and -- New York State recently put a ban on -- or at least a pause on data center development. And we recently published that there could be 10 more states that pursue data center bans or pauses by year-end. These states include Michigan, Virginia, Washington, Oregon, California, Jersey and other Northeast states.

What are your thoughts on this potential risk? And how could this impact your business over time? And when you think about your backlog for data center, have these projects all cleared the required permits, environmental approvals and received the community support needed to make sure that these things happen? To what degree is there a risk that some of these state band or pauses could pause or impact some of your projects in backlog?

Phil, it's a good question. I know it's been reported on a lot. I think there's a number of those states that you mentioned that are not very active as it is. A couple of others might be. I think it's a little bit overblown. I think there's lots of parts of the country where communities are embracing data centers. There's a lot of good things that data centers are bringing relative to local economies. We're seeing quite the opposite. We're engaged in lots of governmental affairs, conversations across multiple states where they're actually looking to expand and bring data centers in they currently don't have, which I think creates some great opportunities for us.

The truth is that the kind of the geographies that you kind of listed aren't really strong geographies for MasTec. But with that said, we think that at the end of the day, it's not going to have a huge impact on the business. But I'll also refer back to the previous question, right? To the extent that it does, I do think that we're not going to stop data centers. Data centers are going to get built, whether it's in the United States or somewhere else. And I think that's an interesting way to think about the long-term fundamentals of that business is to being somewhat geographically exposed to different markets in the world as well.

Okay. Got it. And then recently, there was this FCC ban on inverters that was announced. To what degree could that impact you guys? Are you thinking about this at all? Maybe it hasn't been elevated yet, but there could be a ban on Chinese inverters specifically?

Yes, there's a lot of language in there about grandfathering a lot of stuff in as well. So I think that a lot to see on that. We're not as concerned as the headline would dictate, but we're paying attention to it. I think we understand it. I think as it relates to the projects that we're working on, at least for the next few years, has no impact.

Our next question comes from Julien Dumoulin-Smith with Jefferies.

Let me just come back to the Comms side of the business. As much as you alluded to an uptick and a recovery in wireless '27 with the spectrum dynamic you described earlier. But obviously, also there's other adjacencies, BEAD, et cetera. Just look, I know you don't want to guide '27 per se, but even when could you start to see some of that visibility into the back half of '27 to affirm what you're talking about here?

When do those confirmations for people who are holding off on that spectrum integration start to feed in? And also ultimately, when you think about the '27 guide that you guys have out there, how do you think about -- more from the Analyst Day perspective, how do you think about that relative to what you're seeing coming together here, both the comments on Comms and otherwise? Jose, you've been very positive here. Just how is it trending relative?

Well, I mean, let me answer the last part first. I think we gave out 2028 guidance. It was organic. It didn't include Superior. I think people can make their own choices about what they think that adds for it. But we think that the Superior acquisition is in addition to the '28 targets that we put out. I think we were really clear about acquisitions during Investor Day too and what we were trying to accomplish there. So I think, again, since the 2 months that we've had that, we think we've made tremendous progress, especially as it relates to that front.

Our Comms business, if we think about the '28 numbers that we put out there, look, I mean, we've obviously made it a little bit of a harder hill to climb, but we're really bullish on the industry. Again, there's some really large projects, a, that we've won that are being delayed that we do think pick back up. And more importantly, there's new projects out there that we wouldn't have expected 2 months ago that we think could fundamentally add significantly to that business. So it's going to be about obviously competing, winning and being able to execute on those.

So again, the longer-term perspective on that business, we still feel really good about. There is still -- the drivers haven't changed, right? Data centers need to be interconnected. Everybody is chasing it. Every customer that we have is trying to win that. Tons of private equity money is coming into that space, too, trying to play in that game. So I think there's really interesting prospects there. I think there's ways to contract differently and do different things there. So we're bullish on that.

Again, obviously disappointed about the performance for the second half in that, but we don't think it has a long-term impact. But obviously, the build becomes a little bit more aggressive, and we'll just have to be able to see what happens over the course of the next months and provide better guidance around that over the next 2 years.

Got it. So it sounds like at the end of the day, there's a little bit of a potential mix shift in the '28 composition. Even if you're feeling good against the '28 targets, et cetera, it sounds like the mix that you articulated earlier could very well be shifting, again, not necessarily unnatural given how meaningful the data center opportunity is. But, b, just to get the visibility you're articulating today doesn't suggest entirely that it's -- at least as it stands today that you have the visibility on '28.

Well, let me be clear, right? Since Investor Day, 2.5 months ago, our visibility in our business has significantly improved. The number of projects, especially large pursuits that we're pursuing has significantly increased since Investor Day. So with the exception of Comms for a second, right? And again, I don't know that it's a different view for '28, but outside of Comms, for sure, all of our other segments, we are more bullish today than we were 2.5 months ago.

Our next question comes from Steven Fisher with UBS.

If I back out the Superior contribution to Power Delivery in the second half, the margins that you have embedded in the Power Delivery guidance still look like they assume double digits for the core. Just curious kind of what drives the step-up to that and the confidence in the step-up to double digits from single digits in the core.

Yes. I think if you do the math, it's actually 9.8%, Steve. So that's kind of the embedded number, which is higher than we were previously. So I think that if you look at -- and there's been a lot of questions, so maybe let me rectify, right? If you take our previous guidance and you kind of look at the ins and outs, right, we took out $400 million of revenue in Comms. We beat second quarter by $75 million. We added about $125 million in revenues for both Clean Energy and Power Delivery for the second half of the year, and that nets out to about $100 million less by adding $800 million of Superior, right?

So we can argue that guidance is about $100 million less for the back half of the year for legacy business, but EBITDA is unchanged at $1.5 billion. So I think that, that's driven by higher margins. Obviously, less revenue, same EBITDA signifies higher margins. Obviously, Communications is going to be down a little bit based on the revenue. So all the other businesses are making up for it. And you basically have an $800 million increase for Superior with $100 million in EBITDA.

And that's kind of how our guidance lays out. Again, we -- at this point, we felt it's very prudent guidance. We're hoping to do better than that. And -- but that's exactly how the math plays out. So yes, you will see improved guidance from a margin perspective in both Clean Energy and Power Delivery with our recast numbers for the second half of '26.

That's helpful. I was asking specifically within Power Delivery.

Within Power Delivery, it's 9.8% for this [indiscernible] now, which is higher than our original guidance.

Our next question comes from Justin Hauke with Baird.

Great. So I wanted to ask, obviously, the transmission side of Power Delivery is really strong. There's been a couple of rate case issues that have just kind of been across the space the last couple of months. And I remember a couple of years ago that, that was an issue with some of the distribution crew counts, specifically in Illinois for you guys. I don't know if it's the same kind of geographic exposure, but are you seeing anything just on kind of that day-to-day MSA low-voltage work where there would be any change from some of those rate cases?

Yes. It's a good question. I think, obviously, what's driving the business today is demand. And demand is not going anywhere, which is going to force everybody to find ways to meet the demand. So I think when you think about rate cases, the big challenge across all geographies is how do you do this in a way where the typical ratepayer isn't impacted. And I think that utilities are -- that's their job to manage to it. That's what they're working at. I think they've done a really good job.

I ultimately think that there's an opportunity for the average residential user to actually see some benefit related to everything that's happening. But that's what most government agencies are really focused on as they look at rate cases. And we don't see the pressure today in those that we saw historically based on all the growth opportunities that exist for utilities.

Okay. And then I guess my second question, maybe it's a little esoteric, I don't know. But we've seen the balance of revenue from unapproved change orders has been pretty steadily rising for the last couple of years, and that hasn't been the case for you guys for a while. I don't know if it's just the size of projects being bigger. But do you have any comments on that, kind of what's been driving that? Is it broad-based? Or is it maybe a couple of project-specific issues?

Justin, this is Paul. It's really, I'd say, ordinary course, just timing of approvals from clients. We look at it as a percentage of revenue earnings, I think it's still pretty low, and it moves around over time. So we're just over $200 million of unapproved change orders today. We've been at that level before with lower -- consolidated company revenue. So we're very comfortable with our practice around booking those. And generally, it's just timing booking through with clients.

Our next question comes from Adam Thalhimer with Thompson, Davis.

Jose, can you comment on the timing of 2 things. One would be when the recent bookings in Pipeline start to burn and then also that the billions of dollars you talked about in hyperscaler fiber, when that might hit backlog and start to burn?

Yes. So on a backlog perspective for Comms, I actually think there's already something there, right? So the fact that revenue declined in the second half and yet our backlog declined modestly, I think, is telltale that we're winning other things to put in backlog that are for future revenue. I think that stuff starts to impact 2027. And the...

The Pipeline...

Yes. Look, Pipeline, again, we don't think backlog is -- really demonstrates our visibility in the business. Again, we feel really good about '27, '28. We expect the back half of '27 to be a lot bigger than the first half of '27, but it's -- we feel really good about the project mix and flow and the expectations around that.

Our next question comes from Joseph Osha with Guggenheim.

I'm not going to ask about Communications. I'm wondering if you could talk a bit about within your renewables, the wind and solar mix. I know it's been tilting towards solar, but I'm wondering if that -- the shift in that mix is accelerating given all of the permitting challenges we've heard about on the wind side.

Yes. Look, we've been trending to more solar for a while now. I think, obviously, solar is a bigger piece of the business than wind for us. With all that said, I think wind has been incredibly resilient. We feel good about that market. We're having a good year. We actually have good bookings around that. We've got a really good backlog going into '27 there as well. So we're not negative on that market by any stretch, but obviously, the bigger growth opportunities are on the solar side.

Could you -- would you be willing to share some rough sense as to how -- what the mix of the business looks like?

Yes. I don't have it handy. I would say it's 60%, 65% solar at this point.

Our next question comes from [indiscernible] with Goldman Sachs.

With the close of Superior, I just wanted to ask a follow-up. Can you just talk a little on the integration time line and the impact of margins? I think when we look at guide revision, the EBITDA margin implied seems the same, but how should we think about that over the longer term?

Yes. I mean I think, obviously, when you look at our second half guide, it's hundreds of basis points higher than the first half. A lot of that is driven by the addition of Superior. Obviously, our net Power Delivery business is performing better than we thought. But the bigger driver of that is the enhanced margins of Superior. We feel like from an integration standpoint, it's gone -- again, it's been a week, but it's gone incredibly well. We spent a lot of time together with the teams.

Again, we're not -- they're kind of a stand-alone entity, which doesn't require an enormous amount of integration like we've seen in some of our other deals. It's a different business. But again, we think one of the most exciting parts of that deal are the cross-selling opportunities, and we've been all over that since the announcement of the transaction. So feeling really good about the integration, the remaining integration required, and more importantly, we feel really good about the business, the prospects and their ability to outperform.

I'm showing no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn it back to Jose Mas for closing remarks.

Yes. I just want to thank everybody for participating today, and we look forward to updating everybody on our third quarter call. Thank you.

This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.

Good day. Thank you for standing by, and welcome to MasTec's Superior Group Acquisition Conference Call. I want to remind all participants that today's call is being recorded. I'd now like to turn the call over to Marc Lewis for some opening comments.

Thank you, Olivia, and good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us to discuss MasTec acquisition of The Superior Group. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer with an overview, and Paul Dimarco, Chief Financial Officer, with a financial analysis. We prepared slides to supplement our remarks today, which are posted on MasTec's website under the Investors tab and through the webcast link. Please read the forward-looking statement disclaimer contained in the slides accompanying this call.

During this call, we will make certain forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. Because these statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K, as updated by our current and periodic reports and SEC filings include a detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences.

In today's remarks, we'll be discussing adjusted financial metrics, and we may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to Page 2 of the accompanying slide presentation for a discussion of these financial metrics and measures. We're really excited to share more details of this transaction today, and I'll now turn the call over to Jose for remarks. Jose?

Thanks, Marc. Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us. Yesterday evening, we announced that MasTec entered into a definitive agreement to acquire The Superior Group, one of the premier electrical infrastructure contractors serving data center and other mission-critical end markets across the United States. We are extremely excited about this transaction because it meaningfully expands MasTec's position in what we believe is one of the largest and most attractive infrastructure opportunities.

Just as importantly, this transaction reflects the disciplined acquisition strategy we followed for many years, partnering with exceptional management teams, acquiring market-leading businesses and investing in sectors where we see strong long-term demand supported by durable industry trends. We believe Superior is uniquely positioned within this market, making it an outstanding strategic fit for MasTec.

Superior has built one of the industry's premier Electrical Infrastructure businesses with approximately 3,000 highly skilled employees, outstanding customer relationships and a proven ability to execute some of the nation's most complex electrical projects. Over the last several years, the company has become one of the leading providers of electrical infrastructure services to hyperscalers, data center developers and other mission-critical customers.

We are particularly excited to welcome Bryan Stewart, his leadership team and the 3,000 Superior team members to the MasTec family. Throughout this process, we developed tremendous respect for what Bryan and his organization have built. Led by the Stewart family since the mid-1980s, Superior has successfully scaled the business while maintaining a strong culture, exceptional customer relationships and a disciplined performance-focused operating model. Equally important, we found tremendous alignment between our organizations in terms of values, culture and operating philosophy. Bryan and his management team will remain in place following the transaction and continue leading the business. We believe maintaining the existing leadership, culture and customer focus is essential to preserving what has made Superior so successful and to maximize the long-term value of the combined organization.

From a strategic perspective, we believe this transaction strengthens MasTec's position within one of the most compelling infrastructure opportunities we see today. Over the last several years, we've talked extensively about the increasing convergence of power infrastructure, communications infrastructure and data center development. The continued growth of AI, cloud computing and digital infrastructure is driving unprecedented investment across each of these markets, and we believe those trends remain in the early stages. Meeting that demand will require enormous investment, not only inside the data centers, but across the entire electrical and power infrastructure ecosystem that supports them. We believe this represents a generational infrastructure investment opportunities for the companies with the capabilities, skilled workforce and track record to help build it.

Today, MasTec delivers the critical infrastructure that brings power, communications and energy to data center campuses. Superior extends our capabilities inside the campus through electrical construction, integrated systems, prefabrication, commissioning support and ongoing maintenance services. Together, we can support customers across a much larger portion of the infrastructure value chain with a more complete, integrated service offering. We also believe the transaction strengthens our relationship with many of the most important customers in the industry. Increasingly, customers are looking for larger more integrated infrastructure partners that can self-perform work, mobilize labor at scale and successfully deliver complex projects with speed, quality and certainty. The combination of MasTec and Superior enhances our ability to meet those demands while providing Superior and its customers with the benefits of MasTec's financial strength, broader geographic reach, and diversified infrastructure platform.

Importantly, we also see meaningful opportunities to expand relationships with existing customers by offering a broader range of services across both organizations. Another highly attractive aspect of the transaction is Superior's labor platform. Access to skilled labor continues to be one of the most important competitive advantages in our industry, and Superior has demonstrated an exceptional ability to recruit, develop and deploy highly-skilled electrical resources across some of the fastest-growing construction markets in the country. As we discussed at our Investor Day in May, we believe labor will continue to be one of the most important differentiators affecting execution, constructability and long-term performance. In an environment where skilled labor is increasingly becoming the limiting factor for project execution, we believe Superiors' workforce represents one of the industry's most valuable strategic assets.

Overall, we believe this acquisition enhances our capabilities, deepens our customer relationships, expands our highly-skilled workforce and broadens our addressable market. More importantly, it positions MasTec to lead through what we believe will be a generational infrastructure investment cycle driven by AI, electrification and the continued growth of digital infrastructure. We're excited about what this combination can accomplish and believe it meaningfully strengthens MasTec's competitive position while creating long-term value for our customers, our employees and our shareholders.

With that, I'll turn the call over to Paul to discuss the financial aspects of the transaction. Paul?

Thank you, Jose, and good morning, everyone. I wanted to echo Jose's sentiment in welcoming the Superior team to the MasTec family. We look forward to supporting our continued growth and execution as we unlock value for our employees, clients and investors. We believe this transaction is highly compelling from both a financial and capital allocation perspective. Superior has established a strong track record of growth, profitability and cash generation, while serving some of the fastest-growing infrastructure end markets in North America.

The purchase price is approximately $1.65 billion, consisting of $1.175 billion in cash and $475 million in MasTec common stock, along with the performance-based earn-out tied to financial results over a 3-year period following closing. We expect to fund the cash portion through a combination of cash on hand, borrowings under our existing credit facility and delayed draw term loan facilities arranged in connection with the transaction. MasTec will issue approximately 1.2 million shares for the equity consideration. We expect the transaction to close later this month after regulatory clearance.

The upfront consideration represents a multiple of 6.9x Superiors' expected 2026 EBITDA, an attractive valuation consistent with MasTecs' disciplined valuation strategy and affords significant value creation for our shareholders. We expect the transaction to be immediately accretive to revenue, adjusted EBITDA, earnings per share and cash flow from operations. For 2026, we expect Superior to contribute approximately 5-months of earnings to MasTec's consolidated results. During this period, we expect Superior to generate $800 million to $900 million of revenue, $100 million to $150 million of adjusted EBITDA and $0.50 to $0.65 of adjusted EPS. Superior will form a new operating group for MasTec and Superiors' financial results are expected to be reflected in the Power Delivery segment.

More importantly, we believe we'll be acquiring a scaled platform with attractive growth prospects, strong margins, significant cash flow generation and an outstanding management team. Based on current expectations for the full year 2026, Superior is projected to generate approximately $1.6 billion to $1.7 billion of revenue and approximately $225 million to $250 million of adjusted EBITDA. Looking ahead to '27, we currently expect Superior to generate revenue of approximately $2.2 billion to $2.5 billion and adjusted EBITDA of approximately $250 million to $275 million. Please note these expectations are preliminary, reflect a conservative approach and do not assume any revenue synergies, cross-selling opportunities or operational benefit from combining the businesses. We believe there will be meaningful opportunities overtime, but the transaction is compelling on the strength of Superiors' existing platform alone.

From a balance sheet perspective, we believe the transaction structure with a mid-single-digit upfront multiple, almost 30% equity consideration and a significant performance-based earn-out opportunity illustrates our commitment to maintaining financial discipline and capital allocation. We currently expect this transaction to generate a low double-digit ROIC in the first year and support our stated target of 16% in 2028.

One of the key attributes we find particularly attractive about Superior is its strong cash flow generation and low CapEx requirements. Combined with MasTec's existing earnings and cash flow outlook, we believe the transaction supports a rapid de-leveraging path while simultaneously strengthening our long-term outlook.

At closing, we expect pro forma net leverage to be modestly above 2x. However, given the earnings contribution and cash flow generation profile of the combined business, we expect net leverage to decline to below 2x by year-end 2026. We also expect to maintain strong liquidity and remain committed to preserving our investment-grade credit profile. Overall, we believe the transaction represents a disciplined deployment of capital into a business benefiting from powerful secular growth drivers, led by an exceptional management team and positioned within one of the most attractive infrastructure markets we have seen. This concludes our prepared remarks.

I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] Our first question coming from the line of Jamie Cook with Truist Securities.

Congratulations. Just my first question, just, Jose, just sort of background behind the deal. Was this a process, how long you've known the Store Group -- so just the -- sorry, Superior Group. It's just that.

And then my second question, just on the 2027 guide, revenues, I think you assume revenues are up like 40% to 50%, $2.2 billion to $2.5 billion with backlog of $1.4 billion. Just confidence level there that seems aggressive. And why your implied margins in 2026, I think, are 14% to 15%. They take a nice step down in 2027, just reason behind that or how to think about margins longer term?

Thank you, Jamie. So a couple of things. I'd say that -- we got to know The Superior Group during 2026. I think that we spent a lot of time with them at a personal level, really getting to know them as individuals, which I think was really important. I think this transaction was all about fit. It wasn't -- I think that they did a great job through their sales process of looking at different options, but quite frankly, really trying to find what culturally fit them best, which I think is why MasTec was able to close on this transaction, and we appreciate the time that we spent with them and I think a lot of the front-end work that went into the transaction.

We're super excited about the business. We think the opportunity is unbelievable. You're right, we've got 40% to 50% revenue growth expected for 2027. As Paul stated, it's a relatively conservative estimate. We've built in no revenue synergies into that number, and relative to the backlog, we feel really good about that number. Again, we think, if anything, it's a conservative number, for multiple reasons, and we didn't get into a lot of it. We'll talk a lot more about it in the future. But I think historically, a lot of their business has been primarily driven by three states. They've got current contracts that are going to expand them into an additional two states in '27 with the potential probably of another four to six states, not far behind, so that geographic expansion is going to help us with revenue growth, obviously, but it's also going to impact margins a little bit as we set up offices and expand into new geographies. That's obviously what we think makes the deal really attractive for MasTec.

They're coming off a year from '25 to '26 of exceptional growth. They nearly doubled business in '26 versus '25, and we're hoping to find ways to continue to do that. So again, thank you for your questions, Jamie.

Our next question coming from the line of Justin Hauke with Baird.

Great. I appreciate the call here this morning. I guess the purchase price multiple, I think it's surprised a lot of people at just 7x 2026, given the growth profile. I was hoping maybe you could discuss a little bit more of the structure of the earn-out, how you plan to account for that, the milestones behind that? I just want to understand a little bit how that plays into the total contribution here.

Yes, Justin, I'd say a couple of things. One, we expect the earn-out to probably add another turn to upfront multiple. It's based on a 3-year performance level, so they have to hit a certain performance target over the 3-years to get it. And to be honest, we hope we pay as much as we can in that. It is uncapped, but our expectation would be it would add about a turn, to the upfront multiple.

I think that one of the things that can't be lost, and we would have been really pleased to pay this transaction in all cash. I think that this is one of the largest stock percentages that we've done in a deal, historically speaking. We normally do not give stock in the deals that we do. And I think that was a big driver for Brian. I think Brian sees the value of MasTec stock. He sees the upside in it. And I think that was definitely part of how he evaluated the total purchase price. I think he sees -- and I don't want to speak for Brian, but I think he sees great value in that as do we. And I think that's part of his thinking and how he came to his decision.

Yes. Great. Yes, I appreciate that. I guess second one before I turn it over was just -- and I apologize if this was somewhere in it, but it looks like this is mostly a union shop. I just -- is this double breasted or all union or just a bit of context behind that?

Yes. Today, it's all union. Again, we think that the market is obviously extremely strong. This is -- I mean when we think about the deal in simple terms, right, this is a bet on labor scarcity, right? We think, this is a market that's extremely tight. It's a market that we think the union provides incredible benefit to as you -- especially as you're growing into different markets. They've got an amazing leadership team. And when you can use that leadership team and access labor in different markets through their existing relationships, I think it's only going to help us grow and expand geographically. So we're excited. Obviously, we've got thousands and thousands of union members across the country, this adds to it. And again, something that we think it's a competitive advantage in this business today.

Our next question in the queue coming from the line of Andy Kaplowitz with Citigroup.

Congrats on the deal. Jose, can you give us a little more color in terms of what Superior can do for the rest of MasTec in terms of expanding your TAM for buildings and data centers? I think at your Investor Day, you talked about $725 billion of general buildings and data centers as a TAM. So does that mean you think you can get a much bigger market share? Does it expand the TAM? And then is there anyone that you would compare Superior to in the public domain?

Yes. So Andy, I'd say a couple of things, right? One is we provided in the deck that we put out today, an addressable market by 2030 from where it is today, we think it's substantial. Obviously, it's what drives us to the decision of doing the transaction. We are -- I think this is -- I've been in this a long time. I've been doing this a long time. I've never seen a market like this. I've never seen the opportunities that we see in front of us. So for us to be able to expand our presence within this market is something I think we talked a lot about at our Investor Day, and it's something we're very excited about.

To put it mildly, right, we view ourselves as we did all the work outside the building and Superior really does a bunch of work inside the building. So it kind of completes our approach of being able to offer our customers really a full turnkey service. And when we think about the general contracting community, which is a significant customer base today of Superior, we just think we can offer them a lot more. We think we can do it in a way where we can hopefully bring costs down for ultimate customers. And I think that's the competitive advantage that we're trying to build. So we're excited about it.

To be honest, when you look at what we're building in MasTec, I don't think there is a comp. I don't think there's anybody that has the self-perform capabilities end-to-end that MasTec has today, and I think that's meaningful. I think it's strategic, and I think it really differentiates us, which is why, one of the reasons why we're so excited about this transaction.

Helpful. And then Jose, you mentioned labor is a differentiator for Superior in the industry. So maybe talk about the growth of the workforce at Superior. 3,000 people now, any color what the workforce looked like a couple of years ago? And what it could look like in a couple of years from now? Is it capacity constrained for Superior?

I think it's their strength, right? I think one of the things that we were incredibly impressed by was their rate of growth. I think they've been really intelligent as to how they approach growth. At the start of the cycle, they really -- they did a number of joint ventures that allowed them to expand quicker than they would have been able to do it alone. Since then, they've gone on, they've dramatically grown their workforce. I think their workforce is up almost 400% over the last few years. So I think when you look at their ability to scale, add labor, train labor, it's been remarkable, right? And it's one of the things that really -- that we really like about them. I think there's things that we can help them with, especially as we think about geographic expansion, which is probably what we're most excited about.

Again, they've predominantly been -- they've been in a lot of states, but I'd say three states have really driven their revenues over the course of the last couple of years. And I think when we look at '27 and '28 I think the potential of doubling or tripling the amount of states that they're operating in is very high. They actually -- we know they will be operating in five states next year, so under signed contracts. So that's going to almost double their geographic footprint, and I think we've got the opportunity to do a lot better than that. Again, we come with our own set of customers, right? We've got a really good customer base in this business that we've been building over the last couple of years. The customers that we have are in different states than the ones where Superior has been strong. So I think when we combine both of those with MasTec's really service offerings and the things that we can help Superior with as they grow, right, a lot of the outside defense work, I think, can really bring them into -- can help them expand their geographic footprint quicker, and give customers a reason to use the combined MasTec entities.

So we're -- again, we're just super excited. We think the cross-selling opportunities are the best part of this deal, quite frankly. We haven't really assigned any value to it, but I think if there's one thing that excites both companies, is what we're going to bring to each other. And hopefully, that will reflect itself in the numbers in the coming years.

Our next question in the queue coming from the line Alex Rygiel with Texas Capital.

Jose congratulations, a very exciting transaction. Could you speak a little bit to Superiors' backlog and some of the due diligence you did on that backlog?

Yes, Alex. So thank you. We spent a lot of time on that. Obviously, we had the experience of IAA in 2022, where we struggled a little bit through '23. So it's something that I think we did very differently in this transaction. I think when we look at our guidance for 2027, where we have enormous conviction over those numbers. Again, we think, if anything, they might end up being conservative. We spent a lot of time -- and we feel like that's fully identified. So we had the chance of actually going project by project and understanding what that meant. And quite frankly, beyond '27, there's an enormous amount of visibility as well. So we're not really concerned by it. We don't think work and revenues are going to be the issue here. We think there's going to be plenty to do, and it's going to be about our ability to execute and bring value to our customers to hopefully grow the business.

Our next question coming from the line of Sangita Jain with KeyBanc Capital Markets.

Great. Jose, if you can talk a little bit about Superiors' own growth history. Has that been all organic? Or do they also have a history of M&A because their growth rate has been phenomenal over the last several years.

Yes, it's been 100% organic, which, again, is one of the things that we just found incredibly impressive. Their ability to grow into this market. They're -- they've been around a long time. Quite frankly, they've got a lot of history, but at the same time, they've had unbelievable growth over the course of the last 5-years. And our ability to execute to that and the management teams' ability to do that, I think, has been quite remarkable. I think kudos to them. I think they've done a fantastic job. And I think it's going to add a lot to MasTec. And I think the combined entity will be stronger based on the experiences that they've had with some of the experiences that we've had. And I think our -- what's in front of us for the combined entity is how do we keep doing it and how do we take advantage of the full market opportunity that exists for the combined entity.

Great. And then if I can ask you how you're thinking about -- is this like your first entry into the MEP space? And do you think that you need to build a national footprint through more M&A over time? Or do you think you can grow this company itself into kind of a national company for you?

Well, I think that's a great question, and I think it's one we don't have a full answer to today. There's no question that this is an unbelievable platform. And if we decided, took at other things and really to add around it, I think that's going to be available to us. We've had a lot of discussions about that internally with them. But the reality is that we've also got an incredible organic opportunity in front of us. I think that, as you know, we've been really focused on the organic side of our business. We're going to continue to do that. So we're excited about that, but there's no question that, this is an incredible platform investment with a substantial opportunity to build around it if we desire.

Our next question in the queue coming from line of Liam Burke with B. Riley Securities.

Jose, you mentioned it earlier in your comments that you're going to need to understandably invest OpEx to fund the growth of Superior. Is there any additional capital investment that is needed to be required? Or can this all be funded just through short-term expenses?

Yes. Look, this is a great cash flow generating business. So we do not believe that we will require any investments above and beyond what they're able to generate internally. I think the commentary was around the overall market spend. The dollars that have to be invested in the industry to accomplish what it is that they want to accomplish. It was more of an external comment than really an internal comment. But the cash flow dynamics around these businesses are fantastic, which is one of the reasons we like it so much. Obviously, the expense comes in and really our geographic expansion but we find that to be relatively limited and have tremendous upside and a quick payback.

Great. And then you both bring to the party impressive skilled craft workforces, which is a valuable asset. Is there any cross-training opportunity to further enhance that asset?

For sure, right? And I think, again, one of the things that we spent a lot of time talking about at our Investor Day was career path at MasTec, right? It is having people come into this company, build a career, build a lifetime at MasTec and be able to provide a better future for the families, which I think is everybody's goal. I think this only adds to that platform, right, is the ability for people to enter into the space. These are incredibly good paying jobs important jobs. And I think our ability to help Superior track resource, find new resources is critically important.

Again, predominantly union, but the reality is that unions have the same issues, right, is that they've got to bring new people into the workforce. And I think our ability to help them do that is a critical ingredient of our ability to grow over time and one that we're going to be very focused on.

Our next question coming from the line Manish Somaiya with Cantor Fitzgerald.

Congrats on the transaction. A couple of questions. One, on the backlog, the $1.4 billion. Can you just give us a sense on the diversity of that backlog in terms of fixed price versus cost plus, et cetera? And also talk about the customer concentration that Superior has with its customer base. Maybe if you can just kind of give us a sense of top 3 to 5 customers, what the concentration is? I think that would be helpful. And then I just have one follow-up.

I'd say a couple of things. One, it's changing, right? I think they've got 5 really large customers, tremendous opportunities across those -- some of the strongest names within the industry today. I think we fully expect backlog to grow significantly through the balance of the year and are very comfortable in saying that, to support the 2027 build, which again, we think is -- we feel we have high conviction towards.

Look, we're -- at the end of the day, blue chip customer base, the creme of the creme in this industry. We're excited to be a part of it. We're excited to cross-sell into it. And we're excited to bring the customer base that we've built, which is quite different to them to hopefully cross-sell and grow with as well. So a critical part of this deal. I think, again, not a lot of overlap between the two companies, which I think only adds to the opportunities.

And then on the Power Delivery margins, I think you said at the Analyst Day approaching double digits, and now it's low-double-digits. Now all of that improvement, is that Superior? Or are you assuming synergies and better utilization across legacy platform?

Manish, that page in the presentation was just pro forma the full year outlook for Superior with our current guidance. So if you just superimpose the '26 full year numbers that we disclosed for Superior on top of our guidance, it would take us -- the Power Delivery segment to low-double-digits.

And there are no synergies built into that. It's really one of the great potential opportunities within this transaction.

Our next question coming from the line of Julien Dumoulin-Smith with Jefferies.

Nicely done. I got to hand it to you guys. Look, I wanted to ask maybe stepping -- taking a step forward here, how do you think about transposing more of the cash that you guys articulated at the Analyst Day and putting into more transactions on comparable terms here? Obviously, noting kind of the implied '26 and '27 multiples here. Are you actively looking at other adjacent opportunities like this to continue to get "inside the building"? Just how would you think about further M&A broadly?

Yes. I think a couple of things, right? On our Investor Day, we laid out what our potential could be, right? We basically spelled out that we think we'll have $5 billion of capacity for capital allocation, which includes M&A. Obviously, this is the -- really the first deal we've done since Investor Day. So we've got tremendous availability, tremendous capacity to keep going. I think while we're super excited about this industry and the potential for further capital deployment around this sector, the reality is the balance of our business is doing really, really well, and we see tremendous opportunities across our entire portfolio. So -- and we're seeing really strong and other opportunities in some of those other areas of the business as well.

So again, we talked about it earlier, this could be a great platform investment that we can keep building on. We're going to work with Superior and really try to model that out and map that out over time. We've had a lot of discussions about it to-date. But there are other parts of our business that we think are incredibly strong, offer us great upside as well. So I don't -- and I think you'll see capital allocation across our entire portfolio.

Excellent. But you would say of the $5 billion, any increased expectations of that portion going to M&A?

Well, that's what we said at the Investor Day, right? I think that our best use of capital today is on funding our organic growth and then looking at M&A. And again, we talked about creating $5 billion of capacity between now and '28. I think we'll definitely do that. And I think a significant portion of that will go towards M&A over that time frame.

Our next question in queue coming from the line of Philip Shen with ROTH Capital Partners.

Congrats as well. Great announcement. As it relates to the competitive landscape, Jose, I know you talked a little bit about this already, and highlighted that Superior doesn't really have competitors. But I wanted to see if you could comment on Superior's positioning relative to Cupertino, Rosendin, Miller Electric, Faith Technologies and others in terms of win rates and scale? And then can you elaborate more on what differentiates your combined offering? Jose, you talked about driving costs lower on the combined offering. But what else does this bring? What are some other points of differentiation can you highlight?

Sure. Let me be clear, right? I think you read a roster of fantastic competitors. They are competitors to Superior. There are some great companies in this space. When we were talking about really the competitive difference was about the combined offering. So I think all of those are unbelievable electrical contractors that all have a place in the market. It's a huge market. It's a robust market. Everybody -- I think everybody is going to do well.

But I think scale is really important, right? So when we think about MasTec and what we're building, we're building the capabilities to do as much turnkey as you can imagine, right? So everything from civil construction at the front end of the site, which very few of those offer through the -- all of the outside the fence work call it, which is things like substation and bring in all the utilities to the building, actually building construction, which we've talked about right through our Buildings Group, where we can actually build the walls of the facility. Again, we don't think there's anybody that offers that within that peer group that you just mentioned.

And now we're inside the building. So I think when you think about the full life cycle of the project, today, MasTec offers that internally on a self-perform basis. I think there's -- I think that's really a differentiator that we're building. It's our job to sell it. It's our job to create value by offering that. It doesn't mean that everybody is going to buy that. We're happy to sell those individually to anybody that needs it and to help support anybody that needs it. But we're also happy to bring that together and try to help our customers from a value proposition plan. I think that's one of the really interesting parts of this deal that will only develop over time.

Our next question in queue coming from the line of Brian Brophy with Stifel.

Congrats on the deal. You talked about Superior having exposure primarily to three states extending to a few more here. Can you talk about how that overlaps with your current geographic exposure on some of your existing capabilities? And when would you expect to see some of these cross-sell opportunities come to fruition? Is that as soon as next year or likely beyond?

So Brian, I would say a couple of things. I'd say that in the states where they're strongest, we have a decent presence, but not presence in that market. So I think it immediately expands our opportunity within our current business to offer more services within this business segment. When you think about the future states and the opportunities that Superior has been looking at that I think will develop later in '27 into '28, there are states where MasTec has a lot of strength, and has a lot more to offer in helping Superior grow into those states. So again, I think that Superior offers us tremendous opportunity for our existing businesses to grow meaningfully in a very short period of time and MasTec offers Superior the opportunity to enhance its workforce in states that they're planning to grow into over the next year or so. So again, I think it's a perfect combination.

Our next question in the queue coming from the line of Adam Thalhimer with Thompson Davis.

Congrats on the deal and particularly the relatively low multiple paid. Jose, I'm curious, what gives you confidence that we are still in the early innings of the kind of broader data center build-out versus the middle or the later innings?

So Adam, it's a good question. I know that it's on everybody's mind. We spend a lot of time and we spent a lot of time in this deal talking to our customers, understanding their longer-term build plans. We went out and talked to -- directly to the hyperscalers, their advisers, everybody that would -- actually we could get time with. And I think what we came away with it was an understanding that this market, in our opinion, is bigger than people think. It's got longer legs than people think, and we're in the very early end of that cycle with tremendous, tremendous upside. And even if that's wrong, the opportunity for growth is going to be substantial. If it's anywhere near what people are telling us, it's going to be somewhat -- we talk about the difficulty in meeting the demands that are going to be out there. I think it's going to be very difficult to meet the demands as they stand. But either way, we think it's an unbelievable market. It's got tremendous legs.

We're in conversations with customers many, many years out on specific projects, which is just almost unbelievable. So we're super excited. We think that there's going to be a lot of noise in the market. There's going to be ups and downs. We get that. But we're just very, very bullish on the long-term outlook of what's happening. And then when you think about the fact that our geographic footprint in this deal is relatively small with an opportunity to significantly grow it. We think that also insulates us from any significant risk.

And to your earlier point, just -- I think we bought this well, obviously, but you got to think about the business, right? It's a business that's had unbelievable growth. I think the Stewart family is coming away very pleased with the transaction. I think they're in a position that they could have only dreamed of 5 years ago. We're excited for them. They deserve it. They built a great business. I think they're going to make a lot of money on the MasTec stock, and that's our goal. And I think in the retrospect, it's going to be a great deal for both parties. So again, we're excited. We're excited about what they bring. We can't wait to work with their team. But we feel, again, like we're in very early innings of what's going to be an unbelievable generational opportunity.

The next question in the queue coming from the line of Steven Fisher with UBS.

I'm a little limited in what I can ask here. But maybe you can just talk about the capacity of their prefabrication capabilities that you mentioned Jose? And then you mentioned that they had some JVs that expanded their capacity more quickly than they would have otherwise. Can you just talk about those JVs, what they were and what the status of those are?

Yes. So part of their operating philosophy, I think they've teamed up with some other great electrical contractors as they've grown in states beyond their current presence. Those are active. Some of them are still active. We're excited about that. We're excited to continue to grow that and continue to study that philosophy as we expand across America. We think it's a great way to really provide customers with a lot of value and de-risk everybody. So we'll keep looking at it.

From a manufacturing perspective. They have -- I think that's one of their strengths. I think they've done a great job of significantly expanding that. There's more work to do there, especially as we grow geographically. We're in a lot of discussions around that as well. It's something that we're excited about and trying to help them. But a big part of the business, I think they're really good at it. I think it's one of their strengths. And I think we'll be talking about that more in the quarters to come.

I'm showing no further questions in the Q&A queue at this time. I will now turn the call back over to Mr. Jose Mas for any closing comments.

Yes. Again, just a giant welcome to everybody from Superior. The entire team couldn't be more excited about what we're going to do together. Again, appreciate all of the MasTec team members and their hard work that put us in a position to be able to do this, and we look forward to updating everybody on our earnings call in a few short weeks. So thank you for joining us today.

This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for your participation, and you may now disconnect.

Good morning, everyone, and welcome to MasTec's 2026 Investor Day. Thanks for coming. We have a packed room today, and I appreciate everybody's attendance.

First, a housekeeping. Everybody's favorite, the safe harbor statement. We have today, we're going to be talking about forward-looking statements. which relate to MasTec's expectations and trends in the industry in areas where we operate. These expectations may be varied based on subsequent risks or changes in circumstances beyond today. Our forward-looking statements are only available and accurate as of today. So anything that happens subsequent is subject to the rest that are disclosed in detail in our 10-K, our 10-Q and our subsequent SEC filings. Please make note of those.

There is a presentation for the webcast audience that will be posted as soon as the live presentation is over this afternoon. So you can download that after that. But let's get started. Today's agenda, we're going to have a lot of great speakers I think you're going to meet some people you haven't met before. We're going to have, [indiscernible] starting us off with a little overview of his comments and then we're going to have Bob Apple. Many of you have not met Bob Apple. He's our COO for the last 21 years. He's assembled a great team, and we're going to have a discussion with 6 of those presidents later in the day.

The first group of group presidents is going to be communications, our power delivery in our pipeline, then we'll have a Q&A session after that. We'll have a short break, and then we will follow up with our Clean Energy and Industrial Infrastructure group. So we'll talk about several things there, but it's going to be a great day, and we're excited to have you here.

I mean, I've been with MasTec. This is my 25th year in Investor Relations. It's been a phenomenal ride. It's a great time to come back and be talking about MasTec. So much is happening as it affects all of our businesses. We're really hitting on all cylinders. So it's really a great time for MasTec. When I started in April 1 of 2002, the market cap of the company was $100 million. This week, it's $33.5 billion, which is a 335x increase. The stock was $2.55 when I started. It was last week, we hit an all-time high 441, and we still have a lot of juice in the story. So we're excited about what we have to talk about today. And I'm going to turn the call over to -- I mean, the presentation over to Jose Mas, our CEO.

Good morning, and welcome. So first of all, thank you for being here with us today. I know you've taken out a few hours of your day to hopefully learn a little bit more about MasTec, our story. We're excited to be able to present it to you. I think one of the really interesting parts of today is a lot of you get to spend a lot of time with me and Paul, either at conferences or one-on-ones, but you don't get to spend a lot of time with the rest of the MasTec team. So we've got a pretty extensive team here today. They're going to be around all day. There's going to be a lunch after. So I encourage you, if you get time, please introduce yourself please get to know them, ask them about their business as many of them will present. So you'll hear from them. But if you get a chance to spend some one on one time with them, I think it will be extremely valuable.

Why did we decide to do today's Investor Day? Because we really haven't done 1 in a long time. And other than just doing an Investor Day, there's a reason there's a purpose, right? And for me, I've been in this business a long time. I've been CEO of MasTec since 2007. And I view today as a generational opportunity. I view today as a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for myself and our company. And I say that because I think that's how strong and durable the market that we're in is today, which to me is I have almost a hard time believing that we've spent the last almost 20 years building a company, and it's all coming together as we speak.

Today, you're going to hear from a lot of people, they're specific businesses and why they're excited and I hope at the end of the day, you feel the same way that I do. Today isn't just about financials. You hear that in all our calls. We do a lot of disclosures on our financials. It's more about learning about the company. What makes MasTec different? What's our desire to win, our hunger, where does that come from? What's the soul of MasTec, I hope you get that today. I hope you feel why we think we're different, what we think makes us different to learn a little bit about our strategy. But most importantly, to really get to know our people because it's our greatest asset as a company.

Let me be clear, the greatest asset that MasTec has isn't our financials or our equipment, it's our people. The people that you'll meet and the nearly 40,000 people that we get to represent. Let's move into our slides. Today, MasTec, we view ourselves as a platform of diversified businesses, participating in the greatest infrastructure cycle in U.S. modern history. That's where I think we are.

At a time where as a company, we feel we have tremendous opportunities to expand our margins. We've done a good job. We're just getting started with respect to that. And again, as we think about today, Again, while it's not about financials, we're going to lay out some targets, and I hope what you come away with is our confidence and our conviction around those targets. We feel really good about where the business is today. let me go back. Today, we participate and we're going to talk about 3 specific and 3 of the largest infrastructure cycles in U.S. history, and they include AI-driven power demand. We're going to talk a lot about that today. Broadband universalization -- within our comms business, we're going to talk a lot about that and where we see that going and everything, energy transition related because I think it touches all of MasTec.

But I think what gets lost in our story is we're doing this, and we're participating in these cycles, while our internal margin story is only halfway through a multiyear inflection. And I think that's important because not only is the business doing great, but we're at a point where our margin capacity and growth is only beginning. What makes us different. We've been perceived as a cyclical contractor for a long time, our whole industry. Today, we view ourselves as a scarce, scaled infrastructure capacity platform, what all those big words mean, right? And with that, we got growing multiyear backlog meaningful operating leverage. So a highlight.

What does that mean? While all of our segments are different, and we often get asked, why are you in pipeline versus power delivery or comms, what makes these businesses come together. What are we good at? And we think we have expertise first and foremost, in managing projects. We think we have expertise in building a great workforce of skilled craft labor, and deploying them at scale, scale, very important. It's what very few have nationwide scale. We think we're good at seeing trends in our business where capital inflow is coming and being able to deploy resources to take advantage of that.

From our origins and telecom, to our growth into industrial and infrastructure, renewables, pipelines and all things energy and most recently, including data centers. MasTec can perform any project for any customer anywhere, based on that increased capacity platform we've built. That's the opportunity that MasTec sits in today. Let's talk about how we got here, and let's talk about our roots a little bit because I think to understand MasTec, you need to understand our story. You need to understand what motivates us, what drives us, what makes our culture different than others.

My father came to this country in search of freedom and a better life. It was a [indiscernible] immigrant, penniless, unable to speak to language -- he eventually found a company called Church & Tower, which is what became MasTec. The story is core to our values. It drives our hunger to win, our hunger to excel. We know we've been giving an incredible opportunity in life. We want to make the best of it. We talk about giving every MasTec team member the same opportunity that my father had. You come to MasTec, you improve your life of your family. To me, from all of our speakers today, including myself, -- that is our greatest responsibility to make sure that everybody that comes in the MasTec has the opportunity to build a better life for them, for their family and achieve their full potential and their own American dream. That drives the culture of MasTec. We talk about that all the time.

And in doing that, we recognize and we appreciate the greatness of this country because MasTec is the reflection of the American dream. And we live in an incredible country, in my opinion, the greatest on earth. And that's important to us, and it's important that we talk about our story to our internal people and to our shareholders. You'll see the years -- we started here in 1969. In 2018, it was the first time we were named to the Fortune 500 list, which was an incredible moment for our company.

And when we did that, we actually took out an ad in the magazine I think back then, they were still printing you still like people actually still had a copy of the magazine. But we took out an ad and the ad is the one that you see here up to the right. And I want to read what we put in that ad because I really believe that it gives you the sense of who MasTec is and it was a letter. And the letter was written by me, signed by me in the bottom, the title of letter said only in America, and it reads, since you might not be able to see it. fleeing the tyranny of Caminis Cuba. My mother and father came to this country in the 1960s with nothing more than their faith in God, a thirst for Freedom and a strong work ethic. They spoke no English, they had no money and lacked any business connections to help launch their new life.

My father struggled to provide from my mother my brothers and me, working as a stevedore, a shoe salesman and a milkman while learning the language. His tenacity and determination ultimately led him to found MasTec. Only in America could this penniless immigrant stream lead to a Fortune 500 company. While we are proud of this achievement, the real celebration is one of America, which welcomed our parents and gave our family and MasTec the opportunity to flourish and prosper. MasTec is the American dream. On behalf of my family, and at the time, the almost 20,000 MasTec members today, the 40,000 MasTec members, we thank this great country for giving us the opportunity to succeed. God Bless America.

Again, I read that because I do think it's core to our culture, to our people, what makes people stay at MasTec, what makes people want to be at MasTec? A huge driver of how we feel, a huge driver of our desire to win of our hunger of how we want to keep achieving great things. So how have we done? We had this incredible opportunity. What do we make of it? So let's start with some historical facts. You'll see that and again, this is since 2007, so it was a year that I had the opportunity to become CEO of the business. We've taken revenues from just under $900 million, and we've guided revenues for 2026 of $17.5 million. We've taken EBITDA from just under $60 million to this year, expected $1.5 billion. We've taken EPS from $0.48 to this year's expected $8.79. Why am I showing you this?

One, obviously, we're very proud of our results. But two, I really believe that MasTec and more importantly, our industry in general, I think our success gets overlooked. I think there are a few industries and companies that over a 20-year period can deliver 17% to 19% CAGR over a 20-year period, and we've done that.

More importantly and more excitingly is the fact that we're entering the greatest time in our industry. Let's talk about the more recent history of MasTec because I do think MasTec is a very different company today than it was in 2020. And in 2020, we were coming out that we were starting in the pandemic. 2019 was a record year for MasTec at the time, primarily driven by our pipeline business. Our pipeline business represented nearly 50% of our EBITDA as a company. Pandemic hits, obviously, the thought is we're never going to need another pipeline again. We have the entire energy world going to decarbonization. The green energy deal comes alive. And the truth is that MasTec is a fringe player at the time. We're a niche player in the energy market. So we worked really hard during 2021, 2022 and 2023 of further diversifying our business, expanding our resources and making energy and all things energy transition a much bigger part of our story. And this is where we are, $6.3 billion in revenue in 2020, $17.5 million in 2026.

More importantly, our standing in those businesses the perception of Mastek within the Energy business today is radically different. I think we are clearly viewed today as the #2 player across all things energy. Now where we want to be. Because believe me, we want to be #1. But clearly, from a niche player in 2020 to a top player in 2026.

Let's talk about why MasTec wins. What makes Mastek different? What are our strengths, competitive advantages, let's call them moats. And it starts with a skilled labor resource. Parts with our people on the field. It is our most important asset by far, and we'll get into that. Our fleet is important. We have nearly a $4 billion fleet at MasTec that we can deploy at scale nationally. Scale and national platform, it's an incredibly important competitive advantage of MasTec. And we've built that over a very long period of time.

And finally, we have incredible partners. Our customers, we have partners. And I view all 4 of these as huge competitive advantages. Let's dive into each one of them for a second. Let's talk about our people, nearly 40,000 people. We can scale this workforce. We've got great supervision, great management. We've got people that have been here a long time. And as I was thinking of how I could describe this, I actually looked for a word. And I found the word called inimitable -- and I got to be honest with you, I had no idea what the word was. But I'm going to give you the definition because maybe some of you don't know what it is either. Maybe some of you are smarter than me and you know the word well. But the definition is that it's so good or unusual. It's almost impossible to copy, inimitable.

Ladies and gentlemen, today, I feel that our workforce is inimitable. It is the strength of our company. It is what drives our business. For a long time, in our business, labor was viewed as a commoditized product. Labor was viewed as a commodity. Well, let me tell you, I didn't happen anymore. Labor is at the core of everything that we do. It is the most important asset at MasTec, and we feel great about our ability to train, to bring on board and to deploy labor at scale.

Equipment, $3.5 billion fleet, somebody invests $3.5 billion, can they replicate our fleet, maybe, but it would take them decades. Because aside from the money, it's the relationships that we've built. It's the vendors that we have. It's where we stack. When we need a piece of equipment, we're getting it before anybody else. So as the market grows, -- we're going to be at the top of the line with our key vendors making commitments, labor, equipment, massive competitive advantage. The size and the cost of our fleet at book value originally right, is a huge competitive advantage.

Let's talk about our partners. We enjoy incredible relationships across all of our different segments and lines of businesses with customers that we've been with for 60, 70 years. We have a number of alliance agreements. We sit down with our partners, and we plan for the future. not for a job next month, not for a job next year, but for a decade long cycle of what their plans are, of how we're engaged, of how we can help them. That is also very different today in MasTec than it's historically been. And we're proud of that. We're also proud that once upon a time, when I started as CEO of this company, 50% of our revenues came from 1 customer, 50% from 1 customer. Today, our top 10 customers make less than 30 -- make up less than 35% of our total business. We have incredible customer diversification. We have incredible customer strengths and our average tenure with customers is long and sticky and that's important.

Let's talk about our scale. This is the map of where MasTec has offices. We have over 800 locations nationwide. I'll put this map up against anybody. Our ability to execute for customers anywhere they are at any time is almost unmatched. -- again, massive competitive advantage. What's next? What's our next most important investment that we're making on MasTec. It's the onboarding of the next generation of skilled labor. And we do it a little different. We do it through 35 different training centers across the country that are mapped here today for you. We put thousands of people through those training classes.

In the first quarter, year-over-year, 26 to 25, we grew by 6,000 people. Sequentially, we grew by 2,000 people. We do that. Sometimes, we hire people that are already experienced and don't go through long periods of training. But many times, we put people through full training courses. We hire, we train them, we get them ready and then we deploy them. That's our strength. That's what we do well. We have a national apprenticeship program that's certified by the U.S. Department of Labor also very important because it gives us the ability to get grants and to offset some of the investment that we have to make in our own people. So we're excited about this. We think we do this well. We think this is an important part of our future.

So why is all that important? We talk about skilled workforce, moats, scale, equipment training. Why does any of this matter? Because we're entering the largest growth cycle in our company's history. It matters now more than ever. So this slide is today what we view in 2026 as our total addressable market. As you'll see, we think we operate in a market that $685 billion in 2026. You'll see that of that, we only represented $14.3 million. These are '25 numbers. Our market share is 2%. So what does that tell us? It tells us, a, that we're still in a highly fragmented business. And we have multiple different opportunities. Our market is growing. Yes, that's going to create a lot of opportunities. But -- there are other opportunities to win market share, to consolidate. And even more importantly, I would argue and one of the reasons why we're so excited is where we see TAM going. That $685 billion that we see today, we think is over $1 trillion a year by 2030.

Every one of those segments is represented. I'm not going to go through them all in all those boxes. Every segment we expect to have significant total addressable market between now and 2030. Accumulated over the time frame up to 2030, we see $4.6 trillion in our total addressable market of MasTec services. It gets us really excited. I'd like to talk a little bit about what's driving that total addressable market growth, but I don't want to be repetitive because all of these individual sections in this chart, they're going to be talked about by our leaders. They're going to go into a lot of depth into what's driving the businesses. But I would like to touch on some highlights. In our Industrial and Infrastructure business, we built an incredible platform over the years, something that business that, quite frankly, we weren't even in that long ago. And yet today, we're a serious player on all things civil. When we look about industrial and we see what's happening with gas-fired generation and what's coming, we think we're in the middle of that. We'll talk about it today.

We're going to talk about our general buildings and data center group, which is a more relatively newer part of the MasTec story and all that's happening there. Data centers is obvious. We'll spend time on that today, mission-critical work, airports, hospitals. It's a different MasTec today. And the beauty of this business that we'll also get into is we can grow this business at scale with very few people. You will see the history of their growth over their short time frame and how many people they had to do it with. And you'll see the revenue per employee in that business, it's shocking. So we can deploy this business at scale with few people anywhere in the world.

We're going to talk about our renewables business. our wind business, solar business, storage business, the trends that are happening in that business, how that's still an extremely cost competitive power generation source, not just now but in the future, well beyond 2030.

We're going to talk about our power delivery business and the opportunities there related to distribution, transmission, substation, system hardening, the growth to meet the incredible power demand that we see. We're going to talk about our communications business. The fact we see data growing at almost doubling between now and 2030, we're going to talk about middle mile and fiber builds and beads and interconnectivity of data centers, which are a lot of the drivers that are driving that business.

Then we're going to talk about our pipeline business, both from a historical context of where it's been and more importantly, where it's going, and how the outview and the outlook in that business has dramatically changed in just a few short years. Very exciting for us.

I'd like to talk a little bit about what joins our business together. What creates the opportunity for MasTec that's outsized? And many times, the segments that you'll hear from today work on joint projects. There will be a project that has opportunities for multiple entities within MasTec, but nowhere, nowhere is that better explained or seen today than in data centers. So I'd like to highlight a data center as a multidimensional project opportunity for MasTec. And we're going to start with general construction and the ability to program manage an entire job, which we'll get into more details later.

But when we think about those projects, they require civil infrastructure Somebody has to come in, they have to clear the land, they have to build the roads. They have to build the pads. Somebody's got to build the substation on site. They got to run the power, the communications, the water to the buildings, somebody builds the buildings. All of those things, MasTec touches from our Civil Group upfront, to our power delivery team delivering power, our communications team, delivering connectivity, our pipeline group, providing gas for gas-fired generation of future data centers who are General Buildings Group. That's hopefully going to build a lot of this. So it is the perfect project.

Quite frankly, when I think about how the business has changed and where we sit today, I feel like we built this company for this opportunity. There has never been an opportunity in the history of MasTec that fully integrates our services the way a data center can. And we're just getting started there. Very exciting. So what does this all mean? I know everybody wants to talk a little bit about numbers. So we decided today to put our first look, and Paul is going to cover this in a lot of detail later of what we think our 2028 numbers look like.

Why are we picking 2028? A, because we want to create a baseline. A lot of our analysts in the room have a wide range of numbers for 2028. We wanted to create the floor. So I think the growth beyond '28 is massive and great. The answer is yes. But everybody could have a different view on that as to what that rate should be. But as of '28, we've talked about conviction and confidence in numbers. We have high conviction and confidence in these numbers.

More importantly, more importantly, these are organic numbers. This is what we expect to generate in 2028 organically, no M&A, $22 billion in revenue, $2.2 billion in adjusted EBITDA and $15 or better of EPS. No M&A. We're going to come back to that later.

When we think about our history, where we're at and where we're going, this is phenomenal. Again, this more than doubles almost triples our EPS from 2025.

So to conclude my opening remarks. Today, we view ourselves as a scarce scaled infrastructure capacity platform, doesn't matter what we do in a market that's growing at a level we could never have imagined before with growth, durability and consistency. Our projections are rooted in our backlog, not just the backlog that you see, not just the numbers that we represent, but all of the other conversations we're having with our customers. about their plans, their long-term look, verbal awards, expected awards, expected bids, pretty incredible what's happening. We're just as excited about the margin opportunity that exists before us because through that growth, we will leverage our business. We will find ways to get better. We've proven it.

We are going to have an incredible opportunity for capital deployment, which we will also talk about later which will become a very important part of our story. So I couldn't be more excited about where MasTec stands today. Couldn't be more excited about the path that we've taken and where we sit, and I 100% -- without a doubt in my mind, today, believe that for MasTec, the best is yet to come.

So with that, I would like to bring up Bob Apple, our Chief Operating Officer. And as Mark said earlier, Bob has been our COO during my entire tenure as CEO of MasTec. And many of you haven't had a chance to meet him. You haven't had a lot of spend a lot of time because he's focused on running the business. So we purposely have kept our operators away from investors. It's not their job. Their job is to run the business and to build a machine that excels. And Bob has done that over a long period of his career. So today, you get to spend some time with Bob and our rest of our leaders. Thank you very much.

Good morning. So I'll get the honored to introduce our 6 operating group presidents. But before I do that, I'd like to touch on our philosophy and operating our philosophy and leadership and our philosophy and safety. A little bit about my story. I'm the United States [indiscernible] Academy graduate. My father is an Academy graduate, word-war 2 Hero. His only brother was Academy graduate, Killed in the [indiscernible] war and a son that he never knew grew up with me and my cousin and I went to the Naval Academy together and graduated together. And I'm proud to say that my Nephew's son is entering the Academy this summer.

I always wanted to be a marine fighter pilot. So 10% of the class go become marines. I was commissioned a second tenant. I went to inventory school, and I went on to Army Airborne school and eventually to flight school. And in Flight School, I learned my first leadership lesson, which was take a chance on somebody, you might be surprised. I had plenty of mentors in flight school that took a chance on me and I graduated as a fighter pilot and entered my first gun squadron in El Toro, California. And flew F4 as a Board [indiscernible]. I was selected naval fighter weapons school, Top Gun. I graduated from Top Gun, [indiscernible] and some of our classified programs.

I'm a WTI weapon tactics instructor and a low altitude tactics instructor. And one of my greatest honors was I was selected 1 of 5 pilots in the fleet. -- to work with the engineers at McDonald Douglas for the man in the loop design of the F-18. And I flew the first F-18 to its first [indiscernible] first [indiscernible], Coral Sea. I retired Lieutenant Colonel, made the transition to industry. It was relatively easy for me because I joined Hughes Electronics and Hughes made most of the weapon system of the F-18. I was a program manager and their classified programs. And then I got the opportunity to run [indiscernible] for them. And when I finish there, I ran DIRECTV operations.

I joined MasTec, as Jose said, 21 years ago. I've also been an independent outside director for another Fortune 500 company and Chairman of the Board of that company for 5 years, operating, leadership and safety. Operating philosophy for us is pretty straightforward. It's line management. We believe that our group presidents need to own their market, own their customer and own their project performance. As you know, we report publicly in segments, but a segment could have multiple group presidents inside it, and you'll see that today with clean energy and infrastructure where we have 5 -- 3 group presidents.

Leadership. It's my favorite expression again. You heard Jose say that we create opportunities for our team. That's why we believe we're the employer of choice. Take a chance on somebody. You might be surprised. We have 4 key leadership traits gratitude, focus, comradery and goals. Gratitude for us is the most important. We wake up every day grateful for our families, grateful for our loved ones, grateful for our teammates, grateful for our company and grateful for our country. We focus on what's important every day, the team, project execution. And one of my other favorite expressions is don't give up runway because you can't ever get it back.

We build comradery because we believe the safest teams are those that care about each other. And we set goals, not only professional goals, we set personal goals. Safety. Safety is the responsibility of everybody, but it starts with leadership. Strong safety practices drive better outcomes in cost, schedule and quality. It's embedded in how we plan our work. It's embedded in how we measure risk and it's embedded in everything we do in that company, project performance.

Throughout my career, I've seen the impact of high-performance teams. And I'm going to introduce you to that high-performance team, MasTec's leadership team, seasoned operational executives with deep market experience and execution experience. We challenge each other to be exceptional, like steel, sharpened steel. The key to MasTec's execution and financial performance is the operating presidents that I have the privilege of introducing to you. Exact McGuire, power delivery, Rick wars, communications, Bobby boutique pipeline infrastructure. And in our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment, we have Mark Hellstrom, Infrastructure and Industrial. We have Mike Russell renewables and we have many Garcia Tonon, General buildings.

With that, please welcome Zach McGuire.

Thank you, Bob. Good morning. I'm Zach McGuire. I have the honor to lead power delivery from MasTec. Prior to power delivery, I ran our install-to-the-home business that really helped fuel the diversification strategy from MasTec over the past couple of decades. I was tapped on the shoulder 5 years ago to lead power delivery. And really, the transition worked because the fundamentals of the business are the same. It's a people business. We just happen to build infrastructure.

At MasTec, we protect our people, we protect our customers and we protect our business. We spent a lot of time connecting our strategy to our operations. that enables us to grow the business in this ever-changing market. It's really simple. We build strong teams, complete projects on schedule and most importantly, safely. We are scaled to lead, built to execute and positioned to grow and expand our margins over the long term. So let me walk you through today. why we are set for long-term profitable growth. We are not just participating in a market. We are helping shape it.

We are positioned directly where the capital is flowing today. The demand in power delivery is massive. We are in the midst of a generational shift driven by electrification, data center demand load growth demand and large EPC projects across the nation. Not to mention the fact we are still replacing antiquated 1950 technology nationwide. We're not reliant on one single service, one single customer or 1 end market. The demand intersects perfectly with our capabilities. We have a travel-ready workforce that can be deployed where needed, when needed.

And so today, I'm going to walk you through why power delivery is a compelling business. Today, we are scaled and have true national reach. We are the clear #2 player in the market, as Jose mentioned, with over 12,000 employees, working for almost every major utility. We have strong brand recognition with deep customer relationships. We provide many services for our customers that include distribution, transmission, substation construction, vegetation management, national and regional storm response, traffic control, access and clearing, engineering and professional services and environmental management, just to name a few. This makes us intentionally diversified in power delivery. Our size, scale and operating platform allows us to grow our market share.

So let's talk a little bit about where the spend is coming from. A couple of years -- several years ago, we expanded beyond our traditional utility customers. to include developers and hyperscalers. Their rapid build-out is accelerating the power demand and more importantly, the grid investment.

As you can see, we haven't seen this type of load growth since the 1950s and 1960s. This has allowed us to expand where and how we win work today. The 5-year outlook starting back in 2025, is massive, $1 trillion. But what's more important than that is 75% of that spend is flowing to the work we know the best and do -- and perform for our customers every single day. But we are in the midst of a long-term investment cycle with clear visibility into the future demand.

Now how did we get here? The pandemic really, as Jose mentioned, really reshaped the entire energy landscape. We made a deliberate decision to step in and grow our power delivery business. Back in 2021, we did about $600 million in revenue in power delivery, mainly regional. Through a series of strategic acquisitions, we woke up in 2022 at over $3 billion in revenue. It was extremely important that we integrate those companies, their cultures, their process and procedures and their people to create MasTec power delivery today. What I'm very, very proud of. is this growth as it translated into an annualized 10% growth rate, almost all organic to the nearly $5 billion we'll do this year.

The scale has also allowed us to pursue large EPC projects across the United States. Our Greenlink project in Nevada is a very good example of that. I'll come back to that a little later. So why us? I've already talked about this, but I want to reiterate a couple of key points. We are scaled. Our scale has allowed us to compete for large EPC projects nationwide. We used to just do the construction, but now we can provide full turnkey solutions that include procurement and engineering as well.

Our deep multi-decade customer relationships are very strong. Our travel ready workforce both the workforce, both union and nonunion could be deployed anywhere nationwide. Our nationwide training facilities support our delivery at scale. These come together to unlock the true potential of MasTec. Now let me tell you what we work on to improve our margins. Margin expansion is all about operational execution. But there's also some other areas we focus on. First, starting with project controls. We were able to improve visibility and drive productivity through strong project controls. Second, deploying our fleet efficiently drives better asset utilization. Third, growing our distribution work, which is our bread and butter, provides stable work for our employees and consistent profits.

And lastly, given our capabilities, we're able to be very selective on the EPC projects we pursue. So we're not just chasing volume. We're winning the right work to expand our margins. So now let me take you back to Greenlink. I'm going to show you a quick video of the work that men and women at MasTec do every single day.

[Presentation]

That's where the rubber meets road. Every time I see a video like that or more importantly, visit our job sites -- it's just -- I'm so impressed and proud of the hard work that all the men and women at MasTec do every single day, and that's exactly what keeps us all going.

So back to -- I want to take you back to the Greenlink project. The Greenlink project in Nevada for MasTec was a landmark project. The largest transmission line awarded to date in the United States, over 700 miles of transmission, 12 substations. And one of the substations we're working on is over 356 acres, the second largest substation ever built in North America. This is a job that we couldn't even pursue just a couple of years ago, let alone win.

We invested a lot of time upfront with our customer, which led us to win an MSA contract and build trust over time. Now we are their trusted partner on a multiyear complex transmission project. This isn't a onetime win for MasTec. This is a repeatable, competitive advantage, a direct result of the platform that we have built in power delivery. So what I want to leave you with today is we are in an unprecedented market. We are perfectly positioned to deliver for our customers and our shareholders.

As I mentioned before, we are scaled to lead, built to execute and position for the long term. Thank you very much. I would now like to introduce Rick Suarez that heads up our Communications Group.

All right. Good morning. All right. Well, there are a lot of unfamiliar faces here, but you all must be very important because Paul told me we had to wear suits today to meet with you all. But -- so let me spend a little bit of time introducing myself to -- again, I'm Rick Suarez, I got the pleasure and the honor of leading the communications group here at MasTec. I'll tell you my career in communications started, I would say back when I was 13 years old, right? Because I was delivering the nightly newspaper every night after junior high school, trying to earn a buck to help my family who work human immigrants as well, try to make it through, right?

But through that hussel and over time, ultimately was able to go to college and get a degree and landed a job at a company called Bell South. And Bell South, as you know, is now AT&T, but I started out as an outside plant engineer. And for those of you that don't know telecom and also plant engineers, the one that plans the routes, builds the designs for the infrastructure and to work prints to construction to go bring fiber to your home or whatever it may be at the time. And I learned very quickly at Bell South, right, that I wanted to know more and more and more. So I went from engineering to planning to construction management, actually met Jose back in 1995 when I was a construction manager, and he had the MSA for the Broward area. So they got to build what we designed on the construction side.

And together during that time, and we're actually doing fiber to the home. It was fiber to the curb, which was the prelude to where we are today. And it was challenging, right? Same as today, price points had to be right, production had to be right. And together, we engineered what was really novel at Bell South because we were the only territory that actually hit the targets financially and hit the targets on production. Through that went through all the ranks, just did about every operational role in the phone company was doing the transformation for call centers at Bell South headquarters when AT&T purchased Bell South, and that had some golden handcuffs on me, so I was shipped over to the Northeast to run the territory for AT&T.

And then I actually rotated back when AT&T decided to go functional and they built what they call C&E, construction and engineering. And that organization was going to be the organization that combine their wireless and wireline operations. So I was doing that and then during that cycle, MasTec bought a company named Nsoro who had just won some contracts with AT&T to do fiber turnkey builds in mostly the Southeast area. And that gave me the opportunity to reconnect with Jose again because we've had a few challenges. And then at that point, he was tired of me and he basically said, look, we're complaining and come out here and run this division for us and see if you can do better. So 15 years later, I'm still here, so I guess I'm doing okay. But it's been an incredible journey that I'm very proud of this team for.

So look, today, I'm going to hit 4 key items. I'm not going to spend a lot of time on this first slide because I will talk through them as I go through the slides. But just like Zach, right, I feel we're an incredible period and I've seen it all, right? I've seen additional line growth. I've seen DSL. I've seen, right, the coming of wireless and now we're in a whole different I would say, Stratosphere in terms of what's driving this digital workforce, this digital environment that's just putting so much strain on the network, and we're so well positioned to be able to take it.

So let me just get into that a little bit. So I start with 2011 because that's the time frame, right, where I joined the company. And at the time, you can see we were a regional company, basically did wireless in the Southeast. We had a wireline entity in the, I'm going to say, the -- great Lakes area and did some microwave work in the Desert Southwest. So coming from AT&T, which is a national player, right, we start to set the strategy of saying, if we're really going to be a dominant player in the telecom space, first, we've got to grow footprint. So we set a journey that led through a lot of acquisitions of small companies to start to stitch together the map, I'm going to say, key areas where growth was and is today, so that we can actually compete in a more compelling way than just being a regional player.

Then one of the things we saw, right, is if you just play in the construction space, it was pretty commoditized, very competitive. We're a Fortune 500 company competing with local companies with regional companies, we really needed to bring more value than just construction services. So we layered in, right? At that point, what we call RF services, radio frequency. So in the world of wireless, the engineers, RF engineers, right? So we bought into a company to get RF engineering nationwide to get integration services. That's basically commissioning the nodes and wireless into the customers' networks. We got into structural engineering to be able to do the fortification of the cell sites, site acquisition because all of this requires permitting, right, at a national scale.

And then the last thing we really needed was outside plant engineering because we were just doing construction on the wireline side. So we bought into Byers Engineering, which was a national company doing wireline OSP. So that got us planning, got us engineering, got us permitting, on the engineering side and ultimately gave us kind of where we are today, right, the ability to do full turnkey services as an integrator for all of our customers. And that journey took us to where we were with the $3.3 billion.

So let me just give you a snapshot. So you look at us today, this is just for 2025. There are some real interesting points here, right? Number one, we did -- we passed 940,000 living units with fiber. When you think of some of my customers today, that's more than their plan for a year. right? So we are building out fiber capacity in the marketplace that today, depending on what data you look, right, it's about 50% of the nation is penetrated with fiber, still incredible upside to that, but we've built the muscle memory to do that turnkey today. Jose talked about workforce. Like I told you, I'm an immigrant myself, right? My family took pride in the [indiscernible] story as well. But it really is about our people.

So what makes us different from some of our competitors is we actually enjoy and value having the workforce under us, right? We have workforce -- we even have workforce in India that's MasTec workforce to handle a lot of our RF and back office capacity. But today, right, the reason we can capture work and do it with quality is because we control a good base of the worker in there. And that worker just like Rick wars can start in Seattle, right? If we want to move to Miami, we got work in Miami. If they want to grow in the company, hopefully, they'll replace me because there's going to come a time where I need someone to replace me, but it can happen in my communications group.

So why should you be excited, right, about what we've built and kind of where we are today in the industry? Well, I can tell you, right? I just walked you through the road map that got us to being able to have the capabilities nationwide to have the vertical support services needed to be able to provide turnkey services to our clients at a time where we're moving from MSA book and burn to project work. So more and more of our wins in the last 2 to 3 years, right, are all multiyear projects, multimillion dollar projects that require engineering, that require construction, and in some cases, even supply chain in terms of managing product for the clients. We have the workforce. We have the training center. I think Jose shared with you the training centers, ours of the Mastek Academy or construction because in a world where everybody is competing for construction resources, you look at the skill sets of our folks my folks are going to work in Zach's business, his folks can work in the pipeline business. So you really have to be able to tool your resources and give them a glide path so that they know where they can go from a succession standpoint.

So we train. We train hard because we want to control the quality of our business, and we want to make sure that our employees are safe. And then for our division, what's also, I think very important is we're a unified brand. So many of the competitors that I deal with today are company A in the West Coast and their company B in the Southwest and they are company C, right. When you look at the Communications Group, we are MasTec communications from coast to coast top to bottom. And the reason that's important is our customers are national customers. So we want to give them a very unified experience. We want to be consistent regardless of where we are working for them in the nation because you get held to the standards of your lowest performing market. right? So when you're doing the volume that we do, you have to protect the business, and that's important for us.

All right. So what makes me really excited and if you look at the line chart on the left, right, that gives you the visual of how broadband capacity and demand is growing in the business prices top line as the consumer spend, I would say, in terms of broadband. What's really interesting when you start to look at this is when you look at the light blue line, right, that's the AI demand on the network. So every one of you, you're clicking your computers today, you're looking at your phones, you make me smile, right? When you're a home and you connect every device in your house to your WiFi, you make me smile, right?

When you use every app that you got on your phone, you make me spin. Why -- you're sucking up bandwidth, right? And that bandwidth is what's growing at almost an exponential rate. And when you think about what AI is happening, which means the network is strange and it needs more and more capacity. That's what's driving, right, the business today and the investments today is the fact that you look at long haul, those networks are 30 years old, right? There's even multi-mode fiber in some of those long-haul networks. They will not stand, right, the data infrastructure needs of tomorrow. I already told you, fiber-to-the-home households passed we're about 50% there, and there's more to come.

So again, keep getting connected, keep buying smart devices, smart homes, smart cars, because all that means is that our segment is going to be hot for a long time. I put a note on the bottom, I showed you the map of what we built. Last year alone, we grew 31% organically as a business. And even with that amount of growth, our EBITDA improved by 1 point. right? So that tells me, right? It gives me confidence that what we put in place now has the ability to scale and take on volume with not much more incremental cost. Another point that may not be as obvious, and you're all analysts, right? So you all read the headlines, and you've seen the investments that have happened over the last year, 1.5 years, where all the key players are really doubling down because they all see that they need to have really macro level scale at a national level.

So you've seen AT&T, [indiscernible] fiber by the DISH spectrum on the wireless side. You see Verizon buying Frontier, right? T-Mobile now all of a sudden is really hot in the fiber space through partnerships and joint ventures. And Charter recently, right, made the -- they're working through the Cox acquisition. They're all buying for that national scale national volume. And what is -- and you say, okay, well, what does that mean for us, right, which is what I'd like to think about when I look at these things is those investments are going to need to drive synergies in their business.

And what we're seeing from them today is they're realizing that they got to get their operating costs down because ARPU, right, is pretty flat in that space. So they're looking for ways to leverage good partners that have the skills that they process today to offload that kind of work. So for us, it means more turnkey projects, it means more planning, more evaluations. Again, we're doing things today on our side that I was doing on the AT&T side years ago.

So as I say, we joke about stickiness as a positive things. As these relationships grow and the volume and the breadth of work that we do, it puts us in a much better position to be at the table when we're talking about what they need next versus just answering RFPs.

So to sum it up, right, I would say there's 3 key categories that for us are very important that we're deep into. Fiber-to-the-home,part of the base that we have today. that continues to grow, right? Because again, before it was the traditional carriers that we work for, but today, we work for a lot of private equity firms that are trying to build up a portfolio of living units to ultimately, at some point, I'm sure, flip them to the carriers. So we're working for them. For them, the scope is always or almost always full scope because they're not trying to build resources in the marketplace. They're not trying to hire crews and folks, they want to get those assets built at the turn rate that they need, and we're working for them. We're just getting into bead. And I think you all know about bed, right, which is federal government fund $42 billion strong. Most of that has already been allocated through awards that have been done in the marketplace. That's just beginning, right?

We're just starting the planning, the engineering phase of bead and B2B here 5 to 7 years at least. And there's an interesting component to be because it's not just the $42 billion right? It's the incremental spend that those MSOs and carriers have to invest to be able to connect that to their network and to capture the fringe that fits from that bead, right? So 42 turns into we'll see, but it will be a lot more than 42.

And then we got hyperscalers, right? And what's beautiful about that today is, again, that network is 30-plus years old. So today, it's driving an incredible investment. We got private equity in that space, trying to build routes for diversity to existing centers. We have awards like -- and I'll share with you [indiscernible] in a little bit, where there are big deals being done today to really reinforce and bring fiber, the fiber capacity that's going to be needed for the years to come on that space.

These are large projects. These are multiyear projects, multistate projects, right, where you're building infrastructure, you need a strong balance sheet, you need bonding capacity really puts us again in a great place to be able to go through there.

So I mentioned Lumin. And I got a video for you, so I'm not going to tell you too much there. But what I'll say is relationships matter. We're in this game because the relationships that we built with partners when we were at Sprint. So the person leading this business unit was somebody that was a SoftBank that we worked with at Sprint and we built a lasting relationship. So we're at the table because reputation matters.

Secondly, right, we were able to leverage what we built on the wireless side of the house because when you think about in-line amplifiers or these big shelters where you regenerate the fiber because you're going from coast to coast, there are hundreds of these being built for all these runs today. They require power, they require land, infrastructure build, roads, Well, what do we do on the wireless side? We built new site builds. We built over 900 new site builds in 2025.

So we're using our wireless project managers, our program management capabilities from wireless to build those ILA shelters for Lumen. No one was able to do that. We got that work in all 3 regions. -- most of the awards that were given were giving as regional awards. We got them across the nation.

And then over pull, all right? So we got the West for -- over pool, challenging project, legacy network that needs a lot of rebuild but -- and we're working through that well. But rather than me tell you kind of how well we're doing with our customers, I'll let our customers speak for us.

[Presentation]

That's what energizes us, right? To be able to take on projects like that as a team, right? And I'll tell you, I mean, I have an incredible team, all the leaders on my team are folks that came from the ground ranks down up. They have the relationships with clients, the trust with clients, right? And then the workforce as proud of the work they do.

But look, we're not resting on our laurels, right, because we know it is a very competitive marketplace. And for a company like ours, we're held to the highest standards being a publicly traded company. So we're always trying to innovate as a team to make sure that we're competitive tomorrow that we're competitive 3 years from now. So we're in the game. We're looking at what in our business we can do to make us even more efficient so that we can focus on the frontline organization. So we've embraced AI. We got AI engines today right, that we're developing and growing to be able to handle the back office side of the operation. If you think about the business last year, we did over 300,000 transactions, and that average transaction was roughly $15,000 to $16,000, all those required pictures as builds, right, scope of work. So just think about the amount of back office that it takes to sort of get to the point where you can invoice that work and keep your DSOs in check.

So we're using AI agents today to start to put that data together for us and package it so that we can spend the money, again, more in the field as we grow the business and be able to handle more capacity in the back office. Quality is critically important as well, right? So you think about how far we're working, where we're working in the organization. We're relying on subcontractors in some cases, our own in-house crews. We really want to be able to inspect 100% of the work, which is very challenging. So now we're training AI agents on picture quality. So as you place a handhold, we're taking those pictures, passing them through the AI agents so that we can get to a 90%-plus confidence rate so that those pictures, as they're uploaded daily can be inspected through the agents, the fallout, go out to quality inspectors and get the crews to either fix it ideally that same day. but at worse than next day so that we're not doing multiple dispatches, again, a real efficiency drain in our business when you have to go back 2 and 3x.

And then what's ultimately important is you can put 1 brand out there. But how do you make that unified experience consistent? And then we -- so what we've done there is we put program management tools with project management body behind it, so that we're reporting analytics, we're providing customer schedules, and we're not debating whether our data is right or their data is wrong because we're singing off the same sheet of music. And that lose these projects together because we could have multiple crews and multiple states working for one client, and we want to make sure that, that is as consistent as possible.

So, yes. Am I excited about where we are today, [indiscernible], right? I mean is this runway long? Absolutely, right? And shame on you if you're not investing in MasTec. So thank you very much.

With that, I want to introduce Mr. [indiscernible]. You're going to treat coming for you here. [indiscernible].

Thank you, Rick. Very nice presentation, nice video. Welcome, everyone. Like Rick, this is really not my thing. I bought this for my son's wedding, I thought I'd never wear it again. here I am. Well, I thought maybe 1 time I would wear you can think about where that might be. But Anyway, welcome Bobby Poteet, I am the President of Precision Pipeline. I'm a second-generation pipeliner with 45 years experience in the industry. During that time, I have worked through all types of cycles, all types of conditions, periods of rapid expansion, challenging downturns and everything in between. I joined Precision Pipeline in the fall of 2006 and was heavily involved in the MasTec's acquisition of Precision in the fall of 2009.

I've remained with the company since acquisition, some 16 years ago, which speaks volumes about the culture, the leadership and the long-term vision of MasTec. And since acquisition, our group has grown from a regional player in the midstream markets to the #1 pipeline contractor in North America. And I'm going to show you guys a little quick video of what some of our capabilities are.

[Presentation]

That video was from Mountain Valley project as well as the Line 3 project. And we'll talk about the Mountain Valley project a little bit later on. Over the course of the last 16 years, through both organic growth and strategic acquisitions. I'm proud to say that today, we are the #1 contractor -- pipeline contractor in North America. So I'd like each one of you to think about that for a moment. Number one is like in your personal life and your professional life, everything that you've been #1 at -- anything you've been #1 at, how proud you are that, how much time you put in to get there and the sacrifices you made to do that. That's the way we feel.

You ask yourself now what's next? Well, we're going to work just as hard to maintain that guaranteed to what Bob Apple says, we're not -- that's not some runway we're willing to give up. So lots of good things yet to come. The pipeline industry like many infrastructure sectors and is inherently cyclical. Our group doesn't react to cycles we plan for them. Having worked through multiple cycles over my 4.5 decades, you can tell with that. I can say with confidence that we are in the early stages of the largest pipeline expansion in my history, and we are perfectly positioned to capitalize on all opportunities that lie ahead. With our scale, our large equipment fleet and long-standing customer relationships, we plan to take advantage of those growth opportunities.

So a few key backs. You can read those and digest them a little bit. But one of the things I'll say is that what I truly believe sets us apart and what gives us the confidence in our ability to execute is our organization. To be the #1 pipeline contractor in North America, you have to have great people. You need access to the largest and best maintained pipeline fleet of equipment available in North America and a means to mobilize that quickly.

Outside the growth of our long-haul and midstream pipeline services for which we have installed over 13,000 miles of large diameter pipe, another one to think about 13,000 miles, so I'd ask you guys to think about that for a moment. standing here today, 13,000 miles, where does that get you? Probably no wrong answers, but where it's good. Yes, any other. No, I'm doing this because my CFO says I have to throw some numbers in there somewhere. So we'll ask him, what does it get us? Halfway around Earth, yes. Over halfway around -- so quite the accomplishment that we've able to do as being a partner with MasTec.

So -- and to be able to do that, Yes. So in addition to that, we have a diverse portfolio of services. Some of the items that we bolted on are gas and water distribution, gas and water transmission work and we have entered the carbon capture pipeline facility sector. And we're also enhancing our pipeline integrity and maintenance group as we're seeing that group elevate and lots of work coming here due to the aging pipelines.

Why customers choose MasTec? In addition to great people, a large equipment fleet and very experienced and equally as how important we do our work. Our clients consistently choose us not only for our capability, but for our values. We built a strong safety culture that puts our people above all else. When we are deeply committed to environmental compliance, ensuring that our work meets or exceeds regulatory requirements and we take pride in maintaining a strong social license, meaning being a good neighbor in the communities we are working in.

These principles are not just part of our messaging. They are embedded in our operations and are a key reason why clients continue to trust us with their most challenging projects. Leadership depth, fleet strategy and labor scalability. One of our greatest competitive advantages is our team. We have built real big -- we have built real bit strength across our organization. We have experienced leadership, a skilled workforce and a pipeline of talent that allows us to scale without compromising safety, quality and execution. Beyond that, our fleet is readily available to mobilize and support a national workforce.

With our leadership bench strength, large fleet of equipment and access to a national workforce, we're in a great position to scale into even higher revenue projects in the years ahead. owning assets is pretty critical to what we do, specialized equipment in the pipeline business. In addition to our labor workforce, we have invested heavily into our equipment. And recently, added capacity to our large trencher fleet, which will give us even more competitive advantages in the industry.

Owning our fleet provides us the ability to improve our scheduling and execution control in supports multi-segment deliveries. This large burst fleet also allows us to tackle projects across a variety of terrain, including mountains, wetlands, environmentally sensitive areas deserts and even urban environments. For anyone looking to construct a large-scale pipeline project, I believe they would have to consider our group simply due to the size of our fleet.

I think as Jose said, could be -- it could be replicated, but it will take decades to do it. So back to the video. Mountain Valley Pipeline project was a very important project to us probably one of the most challenging projects we have completed to date. It consisted of 303 miles of FERC-regulated pipeline through West Virginia and Virginia. Our portion of that project was 234 miles or 7 spreads working concurrently. The job was plagued with both regulatory and environmental hurdles from the onset. The project was scheduled for 12 months of construction, and it took 6 years to complete, and we have masked 23 million man hours doing that. So another number for you $23 million Think about that and how you would relate that something that you'd take $23 million, break it down to what? So we'll go back to Albert. Albert, what would you say?

One person working 40 hours a week, 52 weeks of the year. It will take him over 11,000 years to hit that number. We deployed 5,500 people at peak 4,500 of those, we mobilized in a 6-week period. We provided uninterrupted service from a leadership standpoint and an equipment standpoint to our customers during this during this 6-year period, then therefore, showing again our commitment to our customer and reinforces our reputation in the industry.

Key takeaways. Operating as the #1 pipeline contractor. I told you we're proud of that. How many times have I mentioned it, my apologies, but it's something that our group is very proud of. They have worked very hard. They've sacrificed. So -- this is not only for us, it's for them. So in closing, I want to emphasize that over the past 18 months, strong indications that the next growth cycle have been apparent.

Our bidding activity is up significantly. And even more exciting is our budgeting for long-haul large-scale projects is at historic levels. What we've always said if the work is there, we'll get our fair share of it. So it appears everything is aligning and the work will be there. This combination is important. Tells us that increased bidding tells us that activity is accelerating in the short term, while the growth in long-haul large-scale projects point to demand over a multiyear horizon, not just the short term. So I want to emphasize that we are entering the next phase from a position of strength, experience and preparedness. We've seen the onset of growth cycles before. We know how to navigate them successfully.

With the increase in market activity, a strong operational foundation, we are perfectly positioned to take on a greater market share, resulting in increasing profits for the future years to come. And to Jose's word, I think for our pipeline group, the best is yet to come, and we're very excited about it and very glad you guys are a part of it. So thank you. I'd like to call Marc Lewis up to bring us to our Q&A session.

All right. We're going to have a Q&A session for the group presidents that were in the last presentation, and Jose will be up here as well. [Operator Instructions]

Andy Kaplowitz, Citigroup. So Jose, I got to ask you, like, I think you said when you talked about the $22 billion that it's a floor. I just want to make sure I heard you correctly. And then is that because it's just a conservative guide? Or is it because you don't have acquisitions and because when I think about your CAGR over the next couple of years, is low double digits, but you did 17 forever, and this is the best cycle ever. So how do I think about that?

Yes. So the purpose of that was just a tease, right? And I think you're going to get Paul's presentation later where he's going to get into depth in our numbers. So just -- I know everybody here, part of what you wanted was to get a number. Why are you having the Investor Day? What numbers are you going to post. I think that was the question I got the most before we started today. So the idea around that is you guys have a lot of numbers for '28. We wanted to create a baseline, again, where we have enormous conviction. That number does not include M&A. We're going to talk about that extensively later and what that could do to the number. Obviously, we have no intention of putting out a number that we feel is too aggressive today. So I'm not going to say it's a conservative number, but I would hope it to be a conservative number as we come out into '28. Fair.

Liam Burke, B. Riley. Rick, I had a question for you. You were talking about moving from an MSA book and burn platform to a multiyear project platform. How do you envision the -- that part of your business developing as you move to the larger projects?

Look, when I mentioned it a little bit earlier, but if you think about the base of the business, look, MSA is always going to be important in a part of the business because you want to be able, once you build out, stay in the geography and manage the -- what I call the break fix and the maintenance aspect -- but when you think of the pipeline of what we bid, what we're waiting for awards for, and we're looking forward in the business, it's the bulk of it is project level work. So I do think it will become more of what we'll be doing in the next 3 years than certainly the MSA work.

Let me add to that because I do think it's a great question. To Rick's point, MSA isn't going anywhere. -- key portion of our work. When we think about our wireless business, it's pretty much all MSA-driven outside of technological changes, right, when we're going from 4G to 5G or LTE or whatever it may be. But let's think about the work that's coming in telecom. .

And I think we covered it well, right? We've got all these hyperscalers that are building data centers that require connectivity. And then you have all these customers chasing that work. Our customers are chasing that work, -- so they want to be the provider to that data center to build. Now think about the historical companies in our space. Think about how big they are, how bureaucratic at times that they can be, how long it takes them to build the plan from start to finish.

If they try to win that work in the way that they've always built their networks, they will not win. They will not succeed. The beauty of it, they know it. So they're coming to companies like MasTec with a completely different business model, a business model that gives us the opportunity to completely turnkey builds on their behalf. So when Rick talks about projects, it's very different than the project to the past. We're actually reshaping the way we think the comms business is going to contract in the future. And I don't want to speak for them, but I think that's I know he's super excited about that. I know he's involved in a bunch of those. But the way that they're contracting our business is going to change and not to use the same word, but it's going to make it stickier because they're going to depend on us to do all of their business, not just a piece of their business. So I think it's actually a great trend that's happening within his business.

All right. Thanks for having this. It's been very informative. Great Analyst Day. John, thank you, [indiscernible] Iowa. I guess I wanted to ask, as part of doing more of what is your partners moving up the value chain. The permitting, the regulatory approval that's needed. That's like one of the biggest hurdles for transmissions, for getting the distribution grid working there -- approved, so you can start work on that. I know this is probably more applicable for the Zach, but Bobby also trying to touch about with the pipeline there in terms of the environmental and the regulatory -- or how much are you moving working with your partners in terms of securing the approvals that has been a roadblock for many of the projects. .

And then secondary for -- I guess, for Rick, you're talking about working -- this is the second question, sorry, working with your partners in terms of the expansion of new technology. I'm just curious, are you working with them in terms of decommissioning of legacy technology, like I was talking with Verizon, and they still have like around 100,000 customers on DSL.

You want to start, Rick, with the second part of the question?

Sure. I mean, I can start with the second part. The answer is yes, right? Like when you think about the T-Mobile Sprint purchase, right, -- we did a lot of the decommissioning of the old Sprint network that wouldn't integrate with the T-Mobile network.

There is some noise out there in the industry today about talking about how back to the carriers, right, in the MSOs, how do they decommission their legacy network because much of the drag in cost is operating that wireline network that's been there in the past that has union labor tied to it and a very small subscriber base tied to it. So there's a combination of things at play there. One is copper reclamation. And that's sort of been using -- that's like the banner being used to say copper is commanding a premium today. Well, let's groom off that copper network, put folks on the fiber network. We're working with carriers today to actually doing the frame verifications, the grooming sheets to cut the customers off the old network and then doing the copper extraction.

So that's probably the biggest piece that's going on today that I think will continue, just about everybody, right, Lumen, AT&T, Charter, everybody's talking about how do they decommission that legacy network, the switches that are tied behind that. All of that is activity. We rarely talk about what we do inside, right? So we have TV contracts today. where we decommission switches where we activate, do a lot of the rack and stack work for. So those teams are busy as well, doing a lot of that sort of extracting of the old networks, the old power grids that they had, things like that. So an opportunity going forward.

And I'll let them at anything they want to permitting, but just generally because I do think it's important. And there's issues, right? Permitting is a difficult function that our customers have to deal with. But in today's world, the good thing is government understands the power issue that exists. They understand that AI is the growth engine that's going to really drive our economy to the next level, right? It's the one thing in this country that everybody believes in. So -- at the end of the day, government is supportive of most of the activities we're doing in a very different way than it historically has. And while they haven't changed legislation and there's not -- there hasn't been a permitting reform bill passed there's an understanding of it. And I think today's process is a little bit easier than it was under the previous administration, just because of the rhetoric and the support that it has generated. Anything you want to add to that or.

I think the big thing we do is do partner with our partners upfront and get involved as early as possible, right, adding the engineering services. So it's something that needs to be done on the very front end of the project. And then also working with the local some of the local permitting offices in these states. And we have those local relationships that actually can really help move things along from time to time. So something that we're very, very focused on because obviously, if we don't have the permit, we can do the work.

We got time for 3 more questions. I'll start with Manish back here, and then we're going to do Steve and then Justin. .

Manish Somaiya from Cantor. Two questions. Maybe, Jose, if you can just help us get there. One is on your forecast that you gave out through '28. How much of the federal funding is incorporated in that guidance through '28 and then secondly, on the competitive landscape, obviously, the market TAM is huge. The opportunities are huge. Market share is small. So maybe if you can just help us understand what the competitive landscape looks like from new or incumbents.

Yes. I mean government funding, really the only things that come to mind are what's happening with beads and the potential that they may have -- and I'd argue that we probably have very little built into beads even through '28 because I think starting. We're going to know a lot more soon. And when you think about renewables and where all of the regulatory issues land and renewable, we have incredible runway today to 2030. I think we're very confident of that. So I don't think there's anything between now and '28 from a -- and that's really the only things I'd say, impact us in a significant way from federal legislation or dollars. So I think we're fairly insulated from that. We're much more B2B driven, which I think the economy is what drives it.

And the second part about competition is, look, we -- again, we've -- we're super proud of the platform we built. We -- I don't think that somebody coming into our space today has the time or the resources to be able to compete at scale. It's not to say that nobody is going to compete, somebody might come in. You're always going to have customers that are looking for lowest dollar, right? There's a subset of customers that are very driven by budget and the truth is that they may not be the best customers for us, right? We're not necessarily looking to work for whoever wants to find the cheapest alternative. We're trying to find customers and work with our customers and partners who have long-term plans with lots of projects over a long period of time, and that's where we're going to commit our resources and our people. And I think in that world, the competition is very limited.

We're going to go to Steve.

Thank you, Steve Fisher, UBS. I think this is for Bobby, but probably has that ability to the others. You talked about the importance of having the specialized that's differentiator. I'm curious to what extent there's still an opportunity to manage the costs of having a fleet to maintain some flexibility, building on the question about permitting, timing obviously shifts around in these projects all the time. Are you able to advance the management of your fleet while having a specialized but also being a little bit more flexible to manage costs so that it helps your margins. That's one question.

The second one is on the power delivery side, you talked about building up not only scale, but the national footprint. I'm curious how the national footprint, in particular, helps you win business? Or is that more ability to manage personnel around projects and keeping the utilization up?

Jose, you want to take the first part of that?

Sure. Look, I think the beauty of Bobby's business is in very short order. We hope that I have enough fleet. That's how strong that market is. We have the biggest fleet in America by far. We have the capabilities of significantly increasing revenues with our current fleet, significantly increasing revenues. And we sit here today when we think about '28 and '29, worried that we might not have enough fleet. What an awesome problem to have. What an awesome problem to have. So what are we doing? So really specialized equipment like rock trenching, which is probably one of the most important assets that he has, last year, before the cycle started, -- we bought the largest manufacturer of rock trenching equipment in the country, maybe the world.

We bought the asset. We now own that rock trenching company, and we're building rock trenches that everybody buys. And we will have to decide whether we want to keep selling that to everybody or we will only consume them internally. Those are the kind of things that we're thinking about long-term on our asset side. Bobby has a sheet. He would never share it with you. But it goes out through, I don't know, what is it, 2032, '33 and it's every project that he's talking about, layered in by year what he thinks he's going to do. That's the level of detail that we're talking to our customers about. Some of those projects will definitely fall out. If they don't, the numbers are staggering, staggering. So we hope to be in a position where we don't have enough fleet. That will be a great day for us to, but it's going to take some time.

Justin?

Yes. Justin Hauke with Baird. Thank you very much for hosting this. So a lot of stats that I hadn't seen before. One of the themes you talked about is how craft labor is no longer a commodity. And I think the market is clearly kind of showing that in terms of capital moving from more professional services to more craft labor. And you talked about you have 35 training facilities, and you could have told me we have 5, and I really don't know what the context is behind that. So maybe you could just elaborate a little bit on that training capabilities and what you've guys done over the last couple of years because I know you've expanded your labor force by a lot.

Yes. No. I mean I can speak for the communications group. And like you saw, our workforce is nearing 9,000 at this point in time. So what we've done is we've made hubs in key markets, so like in Texas and Lewisville, in Florida and South Florida and Tennessee. And so we've picked key markets where density we've already attained density there because we know we'll have to keep restaffing. And then we have our own trainers that are focused on the right skills, be it fiber splicing, line construction, underground construction. And then we've taken it one step further, and we created partnerships with junior colleges and colleges, leveraging state funds to be able to build like in South Florida, we just did the ribbon-cutting well, it was about a year ago. where now we have Miami Dade College having a broadband training course for folks coming in, we supply all the content for the training.

We tooled their pull barn. We put all the equipment in there, and then we get first dibs on folks coming through that training program. So we got that going in Florida. We're getting it going out today in Texas. We're doing one in Seattle. We're going to do one in Northern California because then we're using government money, right, to basically do the training that we need and then we're able to pick from that crop right, and put those folks to work right away. So it's not just the in-house training, but it's also how do we augment that.

We're not wanting to go to lineman schools and where everybody else goes to try to find people. we're trying to build communications workers, and we're doing it using our sort of methodology.

I think I would actually add on the union side. We worked very closely with the unions and Nika to make sure that we bring new people into the trade as well, right? So we have a -- we're double breasted, so we have union and nonunion, -- so as Rick mentioned. We also have the MasTec Institute that we partnered directly with [indiscernible] in Chicago as an example to grow local workforce in the Chicagoland area as an example. We do that throughout the United States.

We got time for 1 more question if anybody has another question. Alex.

Alex Regal with Texas Capital. Rick, I think you disclosed that you -- last year, you had 30 new customers -- can you give us a little bit of background on that? And as you look out over the next couple of years, how important is new customers to your organic growth versus your legacy customers?

I would say they're very important to the incremental growth in the business, right? Our legacy, our core customers, we're going to protect them fiercely because that's the base of the work that we have today. And they are playing in that space as well. But like I mentioned, you think about just the wireline space alone, right? It was -- there was a time where we just worked for AT&T, we did a little work for Verizon and Comcast. Well, now from the private equity side of the house alone, we're working with almost I have to get you the exact number, but it's almost 14 different clients that are out there seeing trepid of the world, the [indiscernible] of the world, that they're up. They've picked their territory. They got agreements with the companies like T-Mobile and with AT&T and others, and they're building out networks.

And they -- when you look at our lift for the next, I'm going to say, 3 to 5 years, Much of that is coming from them because they have very specific build plans as long as their living unit cost targets stay in line, they're going to be building out for some time because those portfolios don't get interesting until they have tens of thousands of clients behind that, that they can then pull up and sell. So that's a big part of our future. And the same is happening on the hyperscaler side, which is really interesting, where, again, I guess they see the demand, and they want to get to the routes first. So I would say, on the hyperscaler side today, we have more new customers than existing customers that we're doing work for.

I think we can squeeze 1 more quick question in with Philip.

Phil Shen with ROTH Capital Partners. Thanks for hosting the event. Jose, you talked about the 2028 $22 billion being a floor being conservative. What would it take for the upside Bobby talked about -- and you talked about the sheet through 2032. So just give us a sense for what the upside is beyond these segments? And does it require M&A? And what opportunities you might see there? .

Yes. We're just early in the presentation. So we decided to do this Q&A at a midpoint, probably not the best time. If you just give us to the end of the presentation, you can ask it again. I think we're going to answer a lot of that in the second part of the day. So you don't mind just waiting, I know Jamie had her hand up forever. So Jamie, would you glad to ask a question.

I guess 2 questions. One, just within power delivery. Can you talk about what you think your opportunity is on 765 kV? I know a lot of the spend is with AEP and the 1 of your peers has an agreement with them. So just wondering if you're bidding on anything and how you can frame that opportunity? And then I guess my second question to you, Jose, not so much on the numbers. But as I look about your ability to serve the customer, there are areas that you're not in? And I'm just -- whether it be really gas power generation, mechanical, electrical, -- like there's a lot of markets, maybe you need to build out the water civil business. So I'm just trying to think about M&A from that front, not so much from numbers, but strategically. And then do you also need to do acquisitions to continue to grow the labor? I understand you have 35 training facilities, but like to keep that 6k CAGR, or whatever you've been growing the -- your employee base, like do we need inorganic to supplement your organic training?

Yes. On the 765 front, we are working closely with our customers and customers that are in the midst of bidding those projects and developing those projects today. Actually, I think the last 765 job that was built in the United States, I think it was about 2018 that actually 1 of our subsidiaries, EasySource actually completed -- but we have experience in 765. And so we're really looking forward to those opportunities that come down the pike.

So on the second part, we are going to talk M&A later. So I don't want to get ahead of it. A lot of the things that you touched on are coming from the next few presentations. But let's talk about training because that one maybe not so much. We added 2,000 people sequentially. If we did that every quarter, we could add easily. We're pretty confident of that. I think, obviously, there's a need for more skilled labor. We're going to fill it. But I also think that part of the beauty in our growth expectations and profile is we're going to be able to grow without the need for a massive number of people. And you'll hear about that after the break, you're going to hear about some of our businesses that we can grow at scale with few resources. That's a really nice complement to have because it really allows us to juice the growth story without completely depending on thousands and thousands of people having to be added to the organization.

That's going to happen anyway. But in addition to that, we've got a really good growth story that doesn't require tons of bodies. We'll get into that later too. So with that, let's I think we'll do a 10- to 15-minute break.

Let's get back here about 10:50.

Thanks, everybody.

[Break]

All right. So now we're going to get started with the next couple of speakers. The next 3 that you'll hear from, as you heard from Bob earlier are all from our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment. So let me maybe take a step back because we report this as a full segment on our financials on our quarterly reviews. But today, you're going to hear from 3 different speakers where we split the business up in 3 different areas. So just to refresh your memories. The first is industrial and infrastructure. The second is renewables and the third is general buildings. And you'll hear from each of those. So we'd like to start with Mark Alstrom, who runs our infrastructure and industrial business in MasTec. Come on up, Mark. .

Thanks, Jose. Hopefully, we've got some coffee and I don't put you sleep in the next 10 minutes. I'm Mark [indiscernible], I run the infrastructure and industrial practice for MasTec. I'm very proud to be here. There's a group that's grown quite significantly in the last 5 years, and I'm happy to lead it. A little bit about myself. I grew up in the construction family, my dad among our bulk contractors. By that did small remodels, house improvements, I learned electrical, plumbing, framing, finish carpentry from a young age, my uncle built community stores, restaurants, truck stops. And I learned at a very young age, the value of planning your work, having here, all your tools, equipment and supply is ready to go. That was something that really stuck with me as I watch my uncle and my father work. And in today's where we call that preconstruction planning.

We have over 300 projects in the business that I manage. And every one of those projects every day has a plan of the day meeting where we get organized and go and go to work. At the end of the day, we come in, we measure how we did, and we go out and get planning to execute it again the next day. After college, I worked for a large company at a time called Morrison Knutson, one of the bigger companies in the country at the time. And I had the great privilege of working rostering of project management on large environmental mining infrastructure projects, highway and bridge projects. Back in the early 2000s was part of the design build wave of work that came in and alternative delivery, and we built large projects in California, Colorado and Utah.

Have also been part of several large acquisitions, which helped me prepare me from my role at MasTec today. Here's our key messages. You've heard it a lot today, and you'll keep hearing it. I've been in this business over 40 years. This is some of the strongest -- the market demand we see in power generation infrastructure is something that I've never seen in my entire career. So you're going to hear this a lot and the market we're in to have really strong tailwinds behind it. Over the past 5 years, we've matured our operations, our operating platforms and our leadership to win and successfully execute large projects, including alternative delivery projects.

We've got a proven track record of growing organically by investing in the companies we acquire to provide key equipment, training, operating platforms and leadership to expand our reach. And this strategy has resulted in higher margins for us in the past 3 years, and we see more margin expansion opportunity ahead. Quick snapshot of the business. You can see our CAGR for revenue growth, 48%. The 57% backlog means we're growing and will continue to grow. We're growing faster every year. What this demonstration to me is that we can acquire and integrate and expand our services to customers with the companies we acquire. The growth rate has been great in both the infrastructure and industrial business. And so the question -- I hope to ads for you today is why would you invest in this business? I hope you can tell I would say that you're sold by the time I step off the stage.

Here's our infrastructure and industrial key growth strategy and key initiatives. The summary level for each one of the markets that we participate in, we've got a focused growth plan and objectives so we can expand our footprint and expand our business in each of the 4 markets that we serve. The power and environmental markets that we serve are not really regional. We follow our customers wherever they go. Our infrastructure market is one that's regional and our water business is regional as well. So we're going to grow those by region, and I'll talk about those in just a few minutes.

So a little bit of how we got here. In 2020, I joined the company in 2021 very -- quite a small business, quite a small practice, just under $300 million today. We're about $1.9 billion. We've acquired 9 companies. We've expanded geographic footprint, and we've grown organically. We now like our sister segments. We operate in union and nonunit environments. And you can see the growth rate.

I'll give you an example of how did we grow the business. So in the Southwest, we acquired a company about 5 years ago, primarily highway and bridge contractor. And what we did from that point is we acquired more assets, asphalt paving capabilities, asphalt and concrete production capabilities, and now we provide asphalt and concrete most of our own projects. We've also expanded from Arizona to Texas and New Mexico. That is something we plan to replicate in our union and our Southeast business as well, and we're actively doing that as we speak.

So the gas-fired power market, that Jose talked about it. I mean the numbers are just staggering. If you look at 2 of the big transmission providers, ERCOT and PJM they've got 154 gigawatts of new capacity and then in interconnection queues. To give you some perspective, other than Salt Lake City. City [indiscernible] 3.5 million people. They burned 4 gigawatts of power. As the data center was just announced last week in FoxElder County, Utah, is going to generate when it's built out 9 gigawatts of power -- that's double the entire population of Utah at one data center. And that's not the biggest one. There's another 1 in Texas that's going to -- it's 15 gigawatts when it gets built out. So the numbers, it's really hard to wrap your head around the opportunity for gas-fired power generation in the U.S. It is really historical right now.

Our focus in this market is on simple cycle projects and reciprocating internal combustion engines or ricin projects as we call them. So if you've never seen a repricing engine, I imagine your car engine the size of a 2-bedroom house that generates 10 to 20 megawatts of power and clients bundle these together, typically produce 50 to 250 megawatts of power, and we've built over 100 of these engines and installed over 100 of these. I was at our -- one of our simple cycle projects last week. And then we've got really seasoned executives there. We've got a lot of young people. There are some really smart people that are working on their jobs. And when I sat down with the crew, I said if there was any place I can -- if I was starting a micro right now, it would be right to hear in this business. There is no end inside of the growth of this. There's very few competitors. It's technical and it's something we can do and we do well. And so I could not be more bullish on our market and our position in this market.

We currently have 3 active projects, power generation space. I expect to double this in the next 18 months. And we will grow this business as fast as we can execute. We can certainly take on more work and put ourselves at risk, but we will not do that. I have seen this movie before, and it's not going to happen, okay? We know what the risks are. We know how to manage the risk. I'm super bullish about this market. This slide shows the water market and the growth in the U.S. water infrastructure spending. We are one of the largest water pipeline contractors in the country. Texas, the second bullet there, #2 and fastest-growing market CapEx. And you can see it's expected to reach $14 billion annual spend by 2030. Why is that important to us? We just acquired a company called McKee Utility. McKee is already resident in Texas. They work in Oklahoma, Texas and Arkansas. And we're really excited about the growth potential they have.

So what do they get by joining Mastek, -- they just recently joined us. So there's a lot of alternative delivery is in the water space, where municipalities use what they call a CMGC or alternative delivery where they hire a contractor to do a whole program of work a 100 miles of 96-inch pipeline work, okay? And so that contractor might build a part of it and they'll manage the rest of it. The key utility does not have the alternative delivery experience. But my sister companies do. And so we will partner with them, we're going to qualify them, and we're going to go and execute that work. We had a strategy session on that last week. We're super excited about the potential of McKee and growing this pipeline business.

Another area we work together, you're going to hear from Maari to non pretty soon about the Buildings Group. He's doing wastewater treatment plant work. That's another avenue where we can work together across our segments across our groups. Coal combustion residuals -- many of you probably haven't heard what this is. So the CCR market is the cleanup of legacy coal-fired power plant Colas, which is highly toxic. Most of these have been built near waterways. So the EPA passed legislation some years back to protect the waterways and required the power plant legacy providers to clean this up. Some of that has been handed to the states at this point, but it's a very strong market for us. The CCR market is a specialty business. requiring specialized equipment, some robotic equipment and technical know-how. We have a few competitors in this market, which is really great for us.

We started this business in the Southeast. We've been in this business for decades, primarily in Alabama and Georgia. We've now expanded that work to Arizona, but the strategy here is to focus on Illinois and Indiana. You can see by the slide, the dark color means the density of projects why we're going to Indiana and Illinois. It's the home of our union business. We have resources, unit agreements, management in that area. We're going to capture a large share of that market.

Transportation Infrastructure is the largest operations in I&I supported by long-term federal and state funding over the past 5 years. We've expanded our footprint in all the regions by investing in key leadership, equipment and resource systems to mature the business. So as we mature the business, what does that mean? We can take on larger projects -- we've added more people with more experience. We've stepped up some small projects to large projects and now we're doing alternative delivery projects. The alternative delivery projects are attracted to us because there's 3 competitors typically and the margins are higher than the traditional bid-build work where we might see 8 or 9 competitors, alternative delivery, we see typically -- and because of the complexity, we do get a little bit higher margins in those. So what's the outcome of all this in the Southwest region. We've doubled the [indiscernible] and earnings in the past 4 years in the Southeast. We've quadrupled revenue and earnings in the past 3 years. So this is a really fantastic anchor market for us that has long-term tailwinds and long-term funding behind it.

Case study. So this is our largest alternative delivery transportation project to date, the Golden Glades interchange. This is a project for the Florida Department of Transportation and joint venture. We've got -- it's a rebuilt 6 highway interchange in 32 bridges. And how do we derive value from this project. So -- we can go to when we win the project, we go to [indiscernible], and we say, okay, we've got these ideas on how to improve the schedule or reduce the cost in the job. And from that, we've developed enough cost savings initiatives to take 2 years off the schedule of this job.

So what does do first, obviously, we're going to save a lot of overhead when we finished 2 years earlier, so we're going to make more money on the job. And in addition to that, we get incentives from FDA for opening a ramp early, reducing lane closures and finishing early for parts of the job. This is a really great job for us. We now anticipate finishing 2 years early. And now, I'll show you a video on the project.

[Presentation]

That's the kind of stuff that gets me really excited. And I'm much more comfortable in [indiscernible] I am in the suit.

To reiterate our key messages. Obviously, historic demand in power and infrastructure in our business, strong strong tailwinds and funding with us. We matured our business and our operating platforms to take on and successfully execute larger opportunities. We've got a proven track record of growing organically by investing in our companies and in leadership to expand our reach. And we've had increasing margins in the past 3 years, and I see upside in the future.

I'd now like to introduce Mike Russell, who leads our renewables business.

Thanks, Mark, and still good morning to everybody. One thing I get really excited about when I watch this, and I know we've got a room full of investors in the room, but -- those of us at MasTec are builders and the opportunity that we have at MasTec right now to build and then the current environment that we have is extremely exciting for those of us that have built a career -- and as you'll hear my story, you'll understand why that excites me so much. So Mike Rose, I'm the President of MasTec Renewables, a little bit about me as a product of Randy and Maryland engineering school in Northern Indiana, I was always destined to follow in my father's footstep.

My dad carved out a career in heavy industry. And while visiting the heavy industry -- heavy industrial facilities that he managed at a young age, a passion to build was born. I'm also a second-generation college athlete, which drives competitive energy in all things. I channel that energy today into leading MasTec renewables. After completing my engineering studies at the University of Alabama and Huntsville and Birmingham, I embarked on a 30-year progressive career in construction, focused on building power plants, petrochemical and other heavy industrial facilities.

So my first foray into renewables was in 2008, while building a state-of-the-art biomass project in Conyers, Georgia, Fast forward to my time at MasTec where I started an executive role in the fall of '21 with the [indiscernible] operating company. And as Bob mentioned earlier, he takes chances on people to see what they can do. Bob took a chance on me and by the summer I had full leadership of that operating company at Wanzik. A year later, my responsibility expanded to include the leadership of MasTec Renewables after post acquisition of IEA and white construction.

Who we are? MasTec Renewables is a premier builder of utility scale wind, solar and battery energy storage projects. What do I want you to hear today? As a renewable EPC, we are benefiting from record power generation demand, coupled with the lowest cost, fastest to grid solution. We're going to hit on that a couple of times today, lowest-cost facets to grid solutions. Our organization is focused on large projects that are showing high growth in all 3 of our EPC markets. We have strategically aligned ourselves with key customers to yield multiyear pipeline and revenue visibility and from contracting discipline to leveraging innovation, we are focused on continuous improvement of our project delivery.

To understand where we are, it is important to understand the journey that got us here. In 2008, MasTec acquired Wanzik, the operating company. MasTec started in the Renewables business with the acquisition of Wanzik out of Fargo, North Dakota in 2008. Over the next 14 years, that organization grew into the premier wind EPC in the nation and organically started a solar EPC business. In October 22, we acquired the IEA companies. This expanded our capabilities to new markets through the union business of White and the IEA Best Group and increased the size and scale of the MasTec capabilities in open shop wind and solar and our renewable services business.

Our goal now was to figure out how we deliver in our newly minted mission for MasTec Renewables of delivering safe and profitable results. To achieve our mission, we focus the organization on a few key areas that remain our focus and journey today. Number one, in-depth knowledge of our market and alignment with key customers. This was extremely important for us to be secure with our backlog we identified market trends and focused our efforts on who was building, aligned ourselves with those developers and utilities that matched our criteria for success.

Number two, contracting discipline, -- we focused on disciplined contracting, cash flow and risk understanding on those projects. And then third, continuous operational improvement. We capitalize on the combined organization size and knowledge identified weak areas and work to improve then we rinse and repeat. In the last 3 years, this focused effort has delivered the following 11 consecutive quarters of backlog growth. I am extremely proud of that metric, 11 consecutive underopted quarters of backlog growth and then our improved project delivery, risk avoidance and our financial outcomes.

Here's a snapshot of who we are today. You guys can read the slide and understand the metrics, but a couple of key things I want to point out. $3.1 billion in backlog. This is fully contracted work. We have fully contracted line of sight to that $3.1 billion work going on. 80% of our revenue is from repeat customers and 53-plus gigawatts of installed renewable power. Currently, we're under construction or in some phase of construction on 6 gigawatts at any particular time. Our growth strategy moving forward, supporting customers with our services business, leveraging our mature wind business and capitalizing on the repower cycle, prioritizing utility scale solar and co-located storage, capitalizing on the best market growth and expanding our Tier 1 customer programs and repeat awards.

As I mentioned earlier, as demonstrated by this levelized cost of energy, we are building the lowest cost and fastest to market power generation facilities. Clearly, the market is positioned to support our growth. I'm going to speak a little bit now to the different segments of what supports MasTec renewables. We are uniquely positioned and have built a business to capitalize on an unprecedented call for power. We are answering that call. I would like to start with a smaller but important part of the offering I'm excited about where the business is headed.

We talk about the significant increase in gigawatts installed in the renewable space. coupled with the aging fleet of wind and solar facilities. The story behind the story is the operational requirements of those facilities that require similar technical expertise as our EPC teams. Through our structured customer alignment efforts, we have been successful with generating a large service opportunity post COD, Storm and catastrophic event remediation, major component replacement, small repower scopes and electrical service and upgrades.

In the last 2 years, we have signed 15 new MSAs to generate consistent revenue. We have expanded our service offerings to support the customer request. This has yielded year-over-year revenue growth in the business of 20% with an opportunity increase of 50%.

Next is our wind EPC. As we sit here today, MasTec is the largest wind EPC by market share in the United States. Bobby talks about being #1, our wind business is #1 as well. We are also confident despite some political headwinds that this business remains strong. Why are we confident? Numerous projects are progressing despite perceived headwinds. Owners and projects plagued with permitting challenges. In most cases, still are bullish on moving forward and continue to invest money anticipating permit resolution.

Market Intel is that TSAs are being signed and availability is strong from the major OEMs. Wind remains a fast to grid option, a significant competitive advantage is the barrier of entry into the wind EPC marketplace. 3 major players hold 90% of that market, 3. The barrier of entry is a tall one and MasTec Renewables has over 50 years of successful project delivery experience across our 3 renewable entities.

Speak a little solar. Mega-solar project size has grown 2x to 3x over the last 3 years. MasTec positioned as one of the few builders of mega scale solar projects. We are focused on projects in areas where we can be successful. We continue to mature our delivery offering and solar has the largest opportunity to benefit from innovation and technology, which I'll touch on here in a few minutes.

As our third of these 3 major EPC offerings, battery energy storage business is well positioned to capitalize on the surge and market opportunity. MasTec has assembled a talented scalable team of professionals, leading leading our best market. We have grown that business from a single project 3 years ago to a large book of business that includes 10 large-scale ongoing projects and multiple 1 gigawatt hour plus projects and engineering currently. We grew from 1 project 3 years ago to where we are today in that business. The MasTec Best team has prepared for this growth. wave from its inception and organically grown our delivery team size and capability.

I mentioned at the beginning, leveraging innovation and continuous improvement. I want you to think for a second about a power plant control room or the -- an airport control center with all the computers and all the people looking at data and acting on that data real time. We have stood up a similar setup for our projects that we call our operational support center. This isn't a replacement for the -- this is not a replacement for the traditional project delivery model. It is a value-added.

We gather real-time information from the field in the form of inputs like daily reports, schedule updates, weather conditions and drone flights. This information is evaluated by a group of subject matter experts across all projects in support of field operations. Daily meetings are held with each site from this analysis and field feedback to affect the decisions on all fronts. We are experiencing improvement in multiple areas from constraint recognition to resource allocation and equipment utilization.

We anticipate continued success as we refine this delivery model. If you think about the growth of the solar market or the growth of the renewables business, how do you grow at scale when you have -- when you're resource constrained. This is one of the ways that we are that we are growing at scale and we're ensuring that we're delivering consistent project results.

As everybody, I want to show you guys a little bit about how we build.

[Presentation]

In closing, I want to recap my message on MasTec Renewables. As we all know, the current demand is at an all-time high and Mastek Renewables is well positioned to capitalize on that demand. Our focus aligns with our size and scale across all 3 EPC delivery platforms, all at or above project sizes of 200 megawatts.

The alignment with our customers as they get projects built and we have future visibility remains a key strategy. And finally, our focus on continuous improvement through innovation and delivery discipline will enable stronger project delivery. Thank you. And I would now like to introduce Manny GT, who's our President of our General Buildings Group.

Thanks, Mike. Good morning. I'm Manny Garcia-Tunon, President of General Building. My message today is simple but powerful. General building is becoming a construction management growth engine that helps MasTec win larger, more complex infrastructure projects. We do not just build structures. We're often at the point where more of MasTec comes together. We do that because we can orchestrate MasTec's full platform under one construction manager.

When that happens, we increased visibility, revenue and margin capture. And because our model is construction management, we can scale more rapidly and more selectively, and those high-growth infrastructure sectors where MasTec's capabilities really matter. Now I got to tell you, -- the reason why we're able to capture that enhancement and that scalability makes sense when you consider that by virtue of the model being construction management, a lot of our projects are programmatic -- so we get to enjoy a high client retention rate, much more so than a traditional general contractor.

If you look at our pipeline and our work in process today, you'll find that over 80% of it is from repeat business. That's incredibly powerful when you consider win rates moving forward. And that's happening during a $1 billion a year run rate. And how we're able to achieve that today is really grounded and where we come from. You see my family's engineering and construction legacy began in cube of the 1940s, where my grandfather who was one hell of an engineer, also owned one of the largest steel fabricators in the country. And he was doing design and build work for some of the largest American companies on the island at the time. companies like Firestone, Gulf and Western and Glidden, which is a paint factory that you see behind me.

He was doing design build work decades before the industry even knew a design build was. He flecainism in 1960 and eventually came to the United States where in 1979, together with my father, they founded Lamartec. Based on our principle, which today, I call informed construction, what does that mean? It means that you understand the needs of your customers so intimately that you get involved in the design to better inform what you're going to build for them to solve their needs. MasTec acquired Lamartic in 2018 and for the last 8 years, it's been the foundation of this General Buildings Group. Now I'm a proud third generation in my family business. But I'm even more proud to tell you that today as a MasTec company, my 2 children are both fourth generation.

Now I'm not sharing the story with you just to talk about nostology. I've got 2 important takeaways. Number one, where does our work at the come? Well, as you've heard before, -- it comes from the fact that we're children of immigrants who sacrificed everything, just so they could raise their family and work and live in freedom. And that's not something you take for granted. The second key takeaway is understanding where our operational DNA comes from. Well, it comes from my father and my grandfather. You specialize -- you ensure that you have depth of knowledge and subject matter expertise, which in construction means you have in-house design capabilities, and you focus on operational excellence. It's that same discipline that built that business that we've used to build general buildings today. And the proof of that evolution is on this slide.

Since MasTec acquired Lumartec in 2018, our business has grown from $60 million in revenue to $1.2 billion. Our backlog has increased from $50 million to over $1.5 billion. Our employee count went from around 70 to over 375 team members. And our largest projects went from $22 million to $700 million. That's not just growth in size. That's growth in relevance because today, MasTec has a construction management capability where it didn't have it before. And it also proves that the model can scale and it can scale for 3 reasons that I can think of very quickly. Number one, relationship driven, as we mentioned before. Number two, we're selective. And number three, we're capital-light. I cannot tell you how important that is and how much of a is a distinguishing factor that is versus construction managers.

Because we are not asset constrained, we have a lot of flexibility. We're flexible in terms of geography because we can travel anywhere. We're not limited. And we're flexible in terms of balance sheet impact. You see we don't have to invest a lot of dollars to chase every incremental dollar of growth in revenue. We don't have to. We don't deploy fleet. We don't deploy the boots on the ground. We deploy project execution leadership and that travels very well. And when you combine that with MasTec self-perform capabilities throughout the country, that's the force multiplier.

Being selective is also important when it comes to scale, to Marc's point before. Why is that? We have a very robust no-go criteria in general building, which means that we turn away a lot of work. And still, we've got billions of dollars right now in active pipeline estimates and projects that we're negotiating because the needs are so insatiable. So for us, scaling does not equal growth at any cost. It equals disciplined expansion in markets where MasTec's capabilities really matter and can change the economics.

So let's talk about what those market sectors are. With our question, and you've heard it, if you've heard 1 of 100 times, data centers and mission-critical is our fastest growth pillar. Jose mentioned the number of $725 billion of TAM in the next 5 years. That might actually be short based on what we're seeing. But right now, general building, Lemartec is building about $1 billion of data center projects right now between turnkey construction management and subcontracting work as well. And we've got over $5 billion of pipeline just in data centers right now. And all of it's not 80% of it, all of it is repeat business.

Transportation is another big growth pillar for us. There's $90 billion identified of TAM coming up in the next several years. What I find most interesting about this one, and this is kind of like serendipity, but it had a big percentage of that, $14 billion is in Miami International Airport. Now we're not just a local contractor. But you got to admit, $14 billion coming down the pike in our backyard, that gives us a tremendous advantage. And if you want proof of that, we just won $1 billion of work between the port and the airport last year. And after securing the $1 billion that we have right now in the books, we won another project. And the next project for Miami International Airport is coming out this year. That one might be $1 billion in and of itself. So yes, this is personal for me as a Miami boy, and I promise you that we're going to do everything that we have to do to win that project or you're going to have to kill me as simple as that.

Sports & Entertainment is another very interesting market sector for us. We're selective here. Why? Because we're attracted to sports and entertainment projects that are more, how shall we say, like district level projects. Why? Because they're more complex, and they allow us to bring other Mastek entities into the mix. And that's really the calling card. I would say our #1 investor claim is that that we're different. We're unique in the respect that we're not a traditional general contractor. Don't look at us as a GC because we're not that. We're a construction manager that is integrated inside of MasTec's self-performed ecosystem. That means that we orchestrate civil and sight and utility and connectivity and substations and power.

And as I mentioned before, when you have that, you have higher visibility. You can increase your revenue and increase your margin. That's incredibly, incredibly powerful for us because a win for general buildings creates a sort of pull-through for the rest of MasTec, right? We can expand Mastek's capability on one campus. And nowhere can you see that more clearly, than on a data center campus, like this picture that you have right here.

Your typical data center campus, whether it's cloud or AI, it's going to have a substation. It's going to have transmission coming in. It has fiber connectivity. It's got civil. It's got site work. You name it, not to mention the buildings themselves. These are not just one scope projects for MasTec anymore. They require integrated delivery. And the beauty of it is that when a client hires MasTec as opposed to hiring anybody else. When they hire MasTec, they see one integrated project as opposed to 5 or 6 separate scopes of work.

So for us, increasing revenue and increasing margin is not a factor of pricing or estimating like a traditional GC would do. For us, it's about how we deliver that project and how much of that project we control. I've got more examples. Here's another data center project. As ever in the data center world, I can't tell you what client it is, but I can't tell you where it is. What I can tell you is that it's in the middle of nowhere USA. This is remote. But this because of MasTec is an advantage for us.

You want to talk about remote construction, go to one of Mike's solar or wind farms or go to one of Bobby's pipeline projects or one of Zach's transmission projects. These guys have been delivering billions of dollars of construction in remote areas for decades and general building is the beneficiary of that experience, and we deployed that experience wherever we go build because we're not limited. This project, in particular, is 168-megawatt AI data center, 500,000 square foot building divided into 4 data halls and a beautiful 2-story office in the front, and there are multiple MasTec groups in that photo.

And it's not just limited to data centers. We talk a lot about it, but it's not just limited to data centers. In transportation, this is our $600 million new terminal expansion. The beautiful thing about this example is that we're not just construction manager. Now we're tying back to the operational DNA I talked about. Here, we're design builders. And when you control the design as well as the construction, you have far better control over the economic outcome and the success of the project in general.

This project has 6 gates. It has aprons, it has new baggage reclaim systems. It has passenger walkways. It's an absolutely phenomenal project to kick off a $14 billion CIP with the airport. But this one, this is our [indiscernible] resistance. I got to tell you. This is the newly branded new stadium, which we completed on April 4, not by April 4, on April 4, which is opening day. It's going to be very difficult for me to just tell you one thing about this project, about the success of this experience. It's going to be very difficult. But if I had to sum it up in one way, I would say it's this. It takes all of 30 months to build a professional sports stadium of this magnitude and this complexity and this level of quality, it takes all of 30 months.

There might be a small handful of other contractors in the country that can pull that off. But not a single one of them has ever done this in 16 months the way we did, and I'm damn proud of that. And I'm also proud about this 90-second video that you're about to see that shows some of the work.

[Presentation]

If I had one takeaway that I'd like to leave you with after this section, I would say it's this. General building is different. We're not a general contractor. Don't look at us that way. We're a construction manager that brings together all of MasTec capabilities on one campus. Look, I know that wholesale likes to joke about the fact that if I had it my way, I have you all believing that MasTec is all about general buildings. And I can joke back and tell him that he's not wrong. But the fact of the matter is that when you look at what all of these guys are doing with the tens of thousands of team members that are building billions of dollars of infrastructure projects in the country, better than anybody else. It's the other way around. General building is all about MasTec. And that, to his point, is part of what makes MasTec inevitable.

Thank you. Now I'd like to introduce to you our Executive Vice President and CFO; Paul Dimarco, who's going to share some pretty exciting figures with you.

Okay. Well, good morning still, I think. Thank you all for being here. We really appreciate the time invested in and spending the morning with us today. And I'd really also like to thank the group Presidents. It is a lot of work. As I mentioned it earlier, right? They've got a lot they need to do, spending the weeks and months ahead of this preparing for this event, was a distraction, but they've done a great job. I hope you learned a lot about MasTec, about our culture, about the quality of our people and to give you more confidence in the message that Jose and I get to deliver to you in our various interactions.

I've been with MasTec for almost 20 years. started in finance, a treasurer for a long time, CFO of the power delivery business for about 1.5 years honored to help support the 20 years of growth that we've had under Jose and Bob's leadership and I'm really excited for the finance team to lead them and help support Bob and all the group presidents on this unprecedented opportunity that we have in front of us.

I'm going to take you through a little bit more of the financial outlook. Thank you for holding the questions until there's upcoming Q&A. We'll have plenty of time for -- to dig into all of it. But I want you to take away a couple of things, right? This is an organic growth projection. Everything we're sharing is only based on the organic opportunities we have in front of us, right? We will deliver accelerating growth through the financial statements. EBITDA will grow faster than earnings than revenue, EPS will grow faster than EBITDA. And we'll explain to you why. We will expand our return on invested capital to levels that we think will put us back at the top of the peer group, and we're going to generate a lot of cash that we will deliberately redeploy into the company to give us even more opportunity across this time frame.

Jose covered the transformation in detail, but I want to add a couple of things, right? The balance of revenue and profitability that we have today is unmatched in our industry. We are the most diverse contractor in the United States, and we have incredible balance across our earnings profile. Each of our 4 segments individually makes up between 27% and 30% of our consolidated EBITDA. That incredible balance is a strength. We are exposed to all of the major macro infrastructure themes playing out in our country today, but we are not over-indexed to any single one of them. We have multiple drivers for growth. we're diverse across the types of power we build, the types of infrastructure we build, and we will continue to be able to capitalize on those opportunities as different things get emphasized by our partners' customers.

I want to touch on the '26 guidance quickly. We have really high confidence in these results. Really proud that we beat Q1, raised the full year. Again, this growth is vast majority is organic. We've talked about the 2 acquisitions we did, 1 in Q4, another in the first quarter, contributing about $500 million of top line growth, about high single digits. And again, 60 basis points of margin expansion year-over-year, accelerating EPS growth with 34% growth with the $8.79 earnings per share compared to $6.55 last year. But again, really high confidence in this. and we're being really selective around the work that we're choosing to execute.

The '26 outlook and our longer-term forecast are all grounded in our backlog strength. You can see the growth over the last six periods, including topping $20 billion here in the first quarter. It's been broad-based across the groups. We talked about renewables. Mike mentioned, Jose mentioned the alliance agreements consecutive quarters of backlog growth, billions of dollars of work beyond the 18-month period between LNPs and contracted work, and we're talking about jobs well into the end of this decade and into the future beyond that with our clients today. The infrastructure side, some of the most durable demand we have, think about the highway infrastructure everywhere you are. You can't step a foot in the city without running some type of road construction. That holds true in Miami. It holds true in the Southeast. It shows who in the Southwest. That work will be there for decades, and we are one of the permanent players in that space.

Throwing power generation, now [indiscernible] interested in the water -- we feel really good about how that infrastructure market will play out for the foreseeable future. The thing that I love about the General Buildings Group on top of everything that Manny shared very eloquently, is how many multistage projects we see, whether it's a $14 billion capital improvement program at the airport in Miami or a data center that's Phase 1 of 5, right? The ability to work for a repeat client sometimes replicating the first design multiple times just drives more execution performance, more efficiency and better outcomes. Very durable demand and a really high opportunity from that retention to continue to grow.

And then in comms, I think this is really an underappreciated part of the story by the broader investment community. You heard about the multiple drivers from Rick of durable demand. And you heard about the changing landscape from those clients, right? We used to have challenges with some of our telecommunications providers about share of wallet, right? They were concerned about contractors having too much having too much exposure to a given contractor. That's no longer the case. Why? Because of our size, because of our decades of partnership, because of how we've shown them year in and year out, project by project, that we're trying to build for them what they need with high quality at a fair price. So there's great drivers, but the industry backdrop is changing, too. So we're one of the few people that can deliver to them what they need.

Power delivery, nondiscretionary recurring utility CapEx. On top of that, Zack talked about large EPC. These jobs, whether it's Greenlink or SunZia, they were designed in the 2010s to address problems that are still on their networks today. They're not there to address the stress from all this load growth. They're addressing problems of the prior decade, and we're just now getting them in the ground. There will be in another enormous wave of projects to address all of the inefficiencies that are being built with this scramble for power delivery for power generation demand today, which will continue to be selective around but levered our expertise to grow.

Pipeline has always been flat in recent years, but you heard Bobby's excitement. Bidding is up significantly, longer-term visibility. More importantly, when we're looking at budgetary submissions, I think he said to me the other day, it's up 200%. That's staggering, right? So long-term planning by our clients is up 200%. And really gives us good confidence in the visibility of the cycle. We've talked about backlog progression in that space being somewhat different than other businesses, but we feel incredibly confident in our outlook there.

Reminder again, this is an 18-month number, a lot of work beyond this, and you should expect to see continued backlog growth from MasTec for the foreseeable future. Touch on balance sheet liquidity really quickly. Leverage is well within our policy of below 2x. Frankly, our recent performance, and we look at the trends, we're starting to push towards some of the ratios that would move us to a higher ratings category from most of the agencies. And we think the scale and financial flexibility and our profile is a real differentiator. There are very, very few firms that have the size, scale and financial capabilities of MasTec. Customers have confidence in that. Our people have confidence in that, and we think we'll be very successful in utilizing that flexibility to the benefit of our shareholders.

No near-term maturities, as you can see from the maturity profile on the bottom left. So anything is going to be opportunistic in the near term from a capital raise perspective. So let's get into the value creation, right? It all starts with our ability to deliver the organic growth opportunity that's in front of us. Jose touched on it, right? We think we've built an incredible platform to deploy the resources that we have, people, equipment, expertise at scale for our clients.

Our markets are huge. They're growing. They're fragmented, right? We will grow faster than the market because we will continue to take share because of what our customers are asking us to do and our ability to deliver it for them. That scale, our growth opportunity is exciting. We have an incredible margin profile opportunity as well. Jose mentioned, right, we are just in the middle of our margin expansion from the strategic diversification. I'll touch on the drivers a little bit more later. That profitability is going to drive significant free cash flow generation, billions of dollars that we will continue to be disciplined in how we reinvest in the business. We will focus on returns. The organic growth is the priority, but the balance will shift, right? The organic growth is very efficient, and it's going to be a lot of money that we have to deploy. We'll talk about how we see that mix changing in the years ahead. And then we reinvest that in the business, and we continue to fuel that engine.

So on the revenue side, We talked about $22 billion. That equates to 15% organic revenue CAGR for 2025 to 2028. We think that's an incredibly strong outcome at the scale of MasTec today. Double digits across every segment with, call it, low to mid-double digits in power delivery and communications and high teens and clean energy and pipeline infrastructure. Largest TAM amongst the peer set, almost $5 trillion over the next 5 years because of our diversification, because of the markets that we're strategically exposed to, we think we've got the best-in-class opportunity to grow this business organically. We're really confident in this outlook. And again, we expect to continue to take share.

We're really proud of this growth profile. We think this growth opportunity at scale coupled with the ability to expand margins is a unique and incredibly compelling investment thesis. We have multiple levers today to expand margins. Scale is easy, right? We will get operating leverage on back office. But more importantly, with more project activity with better visibility, brings better utilization of our people and our equipment. That is an incredibly important aspect of outcomes. When Bobby's pipeline business performs at its best, it's because we're moving people and equipment effectively and efficiently from 1 job to the next. We don't have extended periods of downtime. We don't have big project overlaps that cause us to have to rent other equipment or subcontracts some initial work, predictability and visibility of timing of projects is key to outcomes. And we think with the vision that we have, the opportunity in front of us, we'll continue to drive more margin profile there.

Operational maturity. It's easy to look at 2020 to 2025 or 2026 and think that, that was a simple process. Mike really understated the lift that he did, bringing our legacy business, which was a $2 billion renewable contractor, a little bit less than that in total for the segment, I'd say $1 billion renewables. We acquired $1 billion of renewables. That was a merger, right, with all the challenges of a merger. Mike brought it together, unified, the operations. Now we've got 1 MasTec Renewables, right? Those operating companies you mentioned, we don't talk about those. Those are vehicles for execution, right? We talked about MasTec Renewables. That's what the customer here, and Mike did a huge lift with that. but it's still relatively new. He's operating in multiple ERP environments as is Zach, right? That's hard to do, right? We're fixing that. We'll produce better outcomes over time, but it's still relatively immature. So we've got a great opportunity to improve consistency of execution as we mature operationally, which we think is unique to us because we're in all the markets we want to be in, but the new MasTec is still relatively young. So we think we've got a ton of opportunity in front of us there.

I mentioned systems. Some of you heard me talk about what we're doing to try to bring better information, more timely, more accurate, more actionable to all of our operators that allows them to make better decisions that allows them to improve outcomes, allows them to be more efficient and effective for the people on the ground. That's another really important driver. Mix. Not only with the shift in mix to higher percentage of revenue from our pipeline segment in the years ahead, which is obviously our highest margin segment. But these types of national turnkey programmatic builds that our customer are asking us to do. You've heard it from almost every group President these prevent more margin opportunities for us. Because of the lower competitive dynamic, less folks that can work with that and our ability to continue to drive better outcomes for our clients.

And you heard a lot people talk about project selection, right? We have the scarce resource. Where we deploy our people and our equipment is critical, right? We're not chasing revenue. We are trying to find the right customers to partner with, to meet their infrastructure objectives, where it's mutually beneficial, right? We are trying to get their processes built but also ask for some things in exchange. How can we plan better? How can we have better visibility around deploying our people? How can we have the right risk allocation, right? We take risks that we can control. If we can't control it, we find a way to contract around it or we find a different partner to work with. It's a really important part of our margin profile. And this is a lot of drivers. So they don't all have to go perfect, right? But we do think that over the next 2 years, we can get to double digits at least 10% adjusted EBITDA on that $22 billion of revenue. That's a 25% CAGR from 25 to 2028, 10% higher than the revenue CAGR alone with multiple drivers that we feel really good about being able to unlock.

No change in the margin expectations by segment with comms and power delivery, achieving low double digits. Clean energy infrastructure, high single digits at the minimum and pipeline infrastructure, we expect them to be able to consistently be in the high teens. We saw in the ability to exceed those levels for pipeline and we hope we're able to exceed all of these targets across the segments as we move through this forecast period.

When we turn to EPS, the $15 per share of adjusted diluted EPS in 2028 equates to a 30% compound annual growth rate from 2025. So on top of the revenue growth on top of the margin expansion, we also think that we'll be able to scale on depreciation and interest, depreciation partly, it's mixed. We talked about some of the growth that's coming from asset-light parts of the company, but it's also about utilization, driving down depreciation as a percentage of revenue. On the interest side, this is an organic model, right? So we're deleveraging here. Interest is going down. We'll talk about capital deployment in a second, but that's another driver. We have assumed a higher tax rate than '25 and higher noncontrolling interest, which is a drag that, coupled with no buybacks are assumed in this model all give us further upside to these EPS numbers.

So when the questions earlier around why did you describe this as a floor, right? We're talking about what we think the base business can do today with multiple opportunities, multiple drivers for expansion of margins and other ways to accelerate EPS. So we're really proud of this outlook, and we think it's a very achievable level commensurate with the opportunity set that's in front of us.

Return on invested capital is something that we tried to be really intentional about over the past 3 years. I think for a long time, it was in our DNA. We just weren't as overt with our discussions around it. So what have we done? We focused on internal education and I've mentioned this to many of you, internal education, internal target setting and now we're ready to share what we think are external -- some external targets based on the outlook that's in front of us as well. It starts with the profitability expansion, right? We're going to grow organically. That is an incredible driver of return expansion, right?

Yes, there's investment in working capital and fixed assets, but the returns you get from organic growth are multiples over even the best M&A. We will continue to prioritize that and make sure we're putting our operators in a position to capture all those opportunities that their partners bring to them. Capital efficiency is critically important, right? We have it with the operating -- with the organic growth opportunity -- as we look at M&A, the valuation, the post-acquisition organic growth that we can achieve with those businesses, the capital intensity of those businesses, those are important characteristics to make sure we can continue to bring in companies that meet and exceed our return threshold so that we can expand returns post acquisition as well.

So when we put all that together, we talked about eclipsing our WACC in 2025. I talked about 100 basis points of margin expansion in the first quarter on a 12-month basis. We think we can expand over 600 basis points to north of 16% by 2028. Through the organic growth opportunity and continue the continued discipline around capital deployment. The goal is that best-in-class returns. We had it in 2019. We expect to be there again. We think this is an important barometer around our efficiency and deploying capital. It's not the only metric. But we think it's important to show that we're taking the capital that we're entrusted with and redeploying it effectively into the business and into the end markets that we serve.

So to summarize, all the targets on 1 page. And I'm going to speak a little bit more to our confidence in these, right? The revenue target with our backlog with the largest total addressable market in the peer set and everything that's going on in those markets, the fragmented markets that we operate in, we feel really strong about the ability to deliver 50% compound annual growth over the next 3 years. We'll accelerate that with the margin drivers that we have delivering at a minimum of 25% adjusted EBITDA CAGR over that same time frame, and we expect to get to $15 per share of EPS by 2028 at a minimum.

From that, we expect to generate at least $3 billion of free cash flow cumulatively over that time frame with a conservative 55% to 60% conversion of adjusted EBITDA. So now I'll turn to capital deployment for a little bit. This is a snapshot of what we did over the last 5 years, deployed about $3 billion, $2 billion to M&A, roughly $700 million to operating capital, mainly fixed assets and about $200 million of share repurchases. I talked about the priorities remaining the same, right? Organic growth will be the priority. But we've intentionally deemphasized M&A over the last couple of years. Why? We had a lot of integration to do, right? Had a little bit of deleveraging at the early part of the strategic transformation. But then it was about let operators work, right? We didn't want to distract them. We're at a point now with where the maturity of the business is, yes, there's still opportunity there, but we've got it organized the way we want, we're performing for our customers. And the capital that we're going to generate, we think we can be more forward leaning on M&A. Jose is going to talk more about this in a second.

But we think we're at a really important inflection point in our strategic outlook where we can support the organic growth of the business, but we will deploy capital to M&A in a very similar framework as you've seen over the 20 years that Jose has led this business. It's going to be disciplined. It's going to be focused on good management teams, people like Bobby, that we hope are here, almost 2 decades later, which there's multiple examples of across the company. And to be things that get us into markets like water, that we think are underpenetrated, and we have a unique opportunity to grow at a faster pace than other parts of the industries.

On top of that, when we think just from a debt capacity perspective, we'll have another $2 billion of debt capacity staying below 2x for a total of $5 billion of capital without any equity that we can deploy under our current financial framework over the next 3 years. With the level of the valuations that we bought companies, again, over that almost 20-year time from the Jose [indiscernible] business, think about the earnings power of that capital, right? We'll talk about the recent deals. I think the deals over the time frame really speak for themselves in terms of performance. Jose is going to give a lot more color there in a second. But we think $5 billion at the low to high single-digit multiples that we paid historically, is an incredible value driver from MasTec and our shareholders in a relatively short time frame.

We're going to -- we don't need to do deals. So we can be very selective in the types of firms that we're going to acquire. Leverage could fluctuate down below our 1.5x to 2x target because we're not going to chase opportunities, but we have this capital available to us, to be disciplined with and to, again, drive long-term shareholder value.

So with that, I'm going to wrap up. I really just want to focus on the confidence we have, both in '26 and the remaining period of our outlook profile. We'll be really disciplined around value creation. We're focused on the long term, focus on disciplined capital deployment and focus on taking advantage of these organic opportunities out in front of us. Really want to thank everyone for being here. This is a big effort to put on. So again, thanks to the group presidents and all the folks that really help make this happen on the broader MasTec team. But I really want to thank you for your interest.

And with that, I'll turn it over to Jose for some additional remarks. Jose.

All right. So are you excited yet? After listening to all this, I'm so excited that I think I'm even going to buy more shares. In all seriousness, sitting there because I usually get to talk a lot, but just listen into the story. I grew up in this business. It was a family business when I was a kid. We were tens of millions of dollar company growing up in South Florida to watch where this company has come, became CEO in 2007. Back then, over 50% of our revenue was with one customer, DIRECTV. And to be able to just kind of soak it all in today and see the incredible diversity that we've created, the markets that we're in, the potential of those markets that we're in, it's not lost on me. And going back to earlier comments, only in America. With that, let me deep dive into what Paul talked about. Some of these questions came up during our first questions. First Q&A session. Paul just showed you a slide. That said, we're going to generate $3 billion of free cash flow over the next 3 years. And we're going to have an additional $2 billion of capacity relative to our targeted debt profile. That's $5 billion of capital that will be available to MasTec.

And let me be clear, so nobody leaves here, misunderstanding what we're saying. We will deploy it. We will deploy and most likely in M&A. So how have we done? Let's talk about our M&A because if we're going to have that kind of capital ready to deploy, what do we look like? Historically, left part of the chart, all the way from 2007, deployed $5 billion and 71 acquisitions. Long time, too many years, 20 years, let's forget about it.

Let's talk about what we've done since 2021. Paul had it on his chart earlier, you might have missed it, $2.1 billion in capital allocated to M&A from '21 to '25, albeit in a time where we have been very intentional about saying we're not going to do a lot of M&A. We're going to focus on our organic growth story. We're going to integrate the acquisitions that we made, especially in '21 and '22, and we're going to maximize margins integrate and be in a position to have the opportunities that we have today. That's been the backdrop for us, at least at MasTec for the last 5 years. We've been vocal about it. We weren't going to grow really focus post '22 on integrating the acquisitions we made. We've got a little more active at the end of '25 again.

So how do we do? Because there's a perception and MasTec didn't do great in the last few acquisitions. That's the perception that exists with many of our shareholders and analysts. And I want to put that to bed today, because that $2.1 billion of acquisitions that we spent in the first year generated $292 million of margins. or 5.7%. Those are the companies that we bought in year 1 of MasTec owning them. We did have issues, especially with IA, we had issues, but those were the numbers. I spent $2.1 billion to generate $292 million of margins of 5.7%, what's in our guidance today for 2026 for those same companies. Those same exact companies less than 5 years later, those entities are going to generate $612 million of EBITDA and having improved margins from 5.7% to 8.7%.

So I would argue that our deployment of capital on M&A over the last 5 years as good or better than anybody. Might not be purely evident because we don't give out all that detail, but we thought it was important enough to share with you because we do plan on spending a significant amount of capital in the coming years. This, we're super proud of. We are super proud of this slide. 109% growth from those companies in earnings, 300 basis points of margins.

Organically, just as important because we talked about our organic growth. We did 109 in these acquisitions. We did 200% organic growth in EBITDA in our organic businesses. So our organic business has outperformed the acquisitions that we made, not a bad thing, and we saw a 160 basis point improvement in those same deals. So we're good at this. We're going to find the right deals that fit MasTec, and we're going to take advantage of the growth opportunities that they offer us.

So to conclude for today, I am convinced that this is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. This is a generational moment for MasTec. We've done some incredible things as a company, what's before us is even better. We have built the most scaled, diversified infrastructure capacity platform to capitalize at scale, 3 of the largest infrastructure opportunity cycles in U.S. modern history. I truly believe that. And we're doing it at a time where we have tremendous improvement -- margin improvement capabilities ahead of us. I know you're going to ask us all about the numbers after this based on what I'm saying, but we believe this, right? This is an incredible position that we sit at.

A couple of thoughts to leave you with. Labor is at the core of everything. It really is a differentiator. And our ability to deploy labor at scale makes us different. I want to thank all of you for being here with us today. You've spent hours listening to the MasTec story. I hope you got learned a little bit more about our company, again, not just the numbers, but what makes us tick. I want to thank all the MasTec people that are here. This isn't their gig. They're not used to coming up here and speaking to investors. They like running their businesses, operating their businesses, which is what we want them to do.

And if I leave you with one thought, A number of years ago, we had a guest speaker at one of our leadership meetings. And his name was Jim Lernegan. Jim arena was a college basketball coach, who had just gotten the job at the University of Miami. He was 68 years old. You had coach at George Mason. He got a job at the University of Miami, ACC, Best College Conference in basketball, we could argue that, but it's at the time, for sure, it was the best conference in basketball and he was 68 and he gave a presentation in Massecand he said, I am more excited than I've ever been in my life at 68. And he said, I asked all of you, and I challenge all of you. Are you at the beginning? Or are you at the end. So let's unravel that a little bit because I think that's a very personal question to everybody in this room. Are you at the beginning of your career? Or are you at the end of your career? And it has nothing to do with age. It has everything to do with desire, motivation and what you want to get.

So under that, I can promise you. Me personally, MasTec as a whole, we are at the beginning of our story. With all of the success we've had, and it's not lost on me, we are only getting started. So I look forward to being able to come back in a couple of years, yet another Mastek Investor Day, hopefully, at the beginning of 2028, so we can show you and we can measure ourselves to these projections that we've put out. But again, thank you for being with us. Super excited.

And I think now I'm going to ask Marc to come back up, and we're going to open it up for Q&A. Thank you.

That's a hard act to follow. I have some questions here. And just while we're gathering here for the people on the webcast, all the presentation material has just been posted to the website for MasTec so you can download those PDF files today.

Let's see, Marc.

Marc Bianchi with TD Cowen. You talked about the natural gas business that you guys run there. And I'm curious, out of the $1.9 billion of revenue that you showed, how much of that is related to that effort? And maybe you could talk a little bit about the types of projects because we're hearing a lot about distributed power projects that are going to work with data centers perhaps behind the meter or maybe in a quasi behind-the-meter type of arrangement. How much of that is what you're doing? And how do you see sort of the runway on that? Because a lot of people wonder maybe these are bridge solutions once the grid becomes available to satisfy this business is not going to be as attractive.

I don't think we've disclosed that.

So let me -- I'm little hesitant on what I'll answer, but about 10% to 20% of our revenue related to the numbers that he posted are on that type of work just to kind of give you a framework.

The second part of your question is, so the behind-the-meter opportunities we see are just -- I mean, in the past 3 years, we've seen the transition of behind the meter from we thought it was all going to be an island generating itself its own power then it moved through a wave to oh, we're going to be connected to the grid and now it's moved back to -- we see developers looking at just pure behind-the-meter opportunities. There is a substantial amount of those opportunities.

The one I talked about in Utah earlier, that's a completely behind-the-meter solution. There are dozens of those across the country. We're tracking 10 active ones now where we've been prequalified and putting in qualified pricing for 3 of them we've done just in the past 2 weeks for those types of projects.

Now our focus, like I said before, is reciprocating into peaking power plants or simple cycle projects. We're not in the combined cycle business yet. There's a lot of that work -- that power that would be combined cycle. But it's a -- if you wanted to buy a large turbine today you're over 3 years out to get that work. So we're going to fill that gap in the meantime.

So Mark, can you explain to everybody, I'm sure most know, but just in case you don't what is the difference with the combined cycle project? What is the difference?

Sure. So combined cycle -- simple cycle project has a single turbine, generates power and exhaust the gas basically. In the combined cycle, it's got 2 turbines, one picks up the gas and steam generates has a steam generator on the back end of it. The difference in complexity is about fivefold between a simple cycle and combined cycle right? It's a much, much higher level of complexity in a combined cycle environment.

Maybe just the second part of the question I asked was just the runway on this. Is it a bridge opportunity that ultimately dries up because everybody can ultimately get connected to the grid? Or do you think that this type of sort of behind the meter continues well into the 2030s in terms of continuing to add?

Yes. My own opinion is that -- so utilities don't have incentives to build a whole bunch of power -- new build for data centers. Why? Because they have to charge the rate payers for that. So what I think the balance is that the developers are going to build the behind-the-meter power so they're going to pay for that asset, then they're going to generate additional power and sell that to the grid.

So I think that's the win-win that we can see that can happen. Almost all of the behind-the-meter schemes have excess power that they're going to sell to the grid so the utilities get something for that. That's what we're seeing right now. As far as the end of it, I can't see the end of where spend is right now. We just -- it's tremendous. We can't see it stopping. I mean the numbers are staggering.

Pass the mic back to Phil.

Philip Shen with ROTH Capital Partners. Jose, Paul, I wanted to come back to my earlier question, $22 billion, 2028. And earlier, I think Jose mentioned you're growing the company at 2,000 people a quarter, right? So you run that out through 2028. From today's revenue per employee, you're roughly maybe $435,000 per employee. You go out to 2028 with your $22 billion, that implies maybe $385,000 per employee. So I got to think that there's some conservatism in here. If you apply that same revenue per employee, you get to $24 billion. So I was wondering if you might be able to comment on just how conservative things might be and what the upside might be?

$22 billion, $24 billion? Look, I think we laid out a number, again, that we have tremendous conviction and confidence in. We're not going to sit here and say we've sandbagged you either, right? If you look at '26 earnings to '28 on EPS, it's a 75% increase in 2 years. So that's nothing to sneeze at. With that said, is that our expectation to finish at that number? The answer is no because on top of that, we will deploy capital in M&A. That will be a significant part of our story in the next 2 years. So I guarantee you the $22 billion and the [ 2,200 ] are probably wrong, right? We know that. And it is conservative, and we know we can achieve it, right? And that's why we're so confident in putting it out.

And to be honest, most of the analysts, if not all of them, the numbers for '28 were below that. So what we wanted to do was level set it and say, look, start here. This doesn't end in '28 for goodness sake. This is just getting started, right? So make whatever assumptions you want on growth beyond '28, but let's start at the same base. Let's not have people way too low in '28, building off that or vice versa, right? Let's set the base for '28, and then let's work on where we think we get to in outer years.

Thanks, Jose. Next question is for Mike on renewables. Tax equity pause, we've heard a fair amount about that. There's potential for some skinny guidance from treasury to kind of clear that maybe coming out this summer. I wanted to see if you guys are seeing any of this with your customers, what they might be saying, what kind of potential impacts it could be or there could be on the renewables backlog?

Yes. So I appreciate the question. We have, as I mentioned to you earlier, we have had some conversation with our customers to that regard. They are bullish on where we are going to get. There's a pause with that investment cycle to a degree, but we're continuing with investment on those particular projects from engineering and moving the projects forward. So everybody that we're talking to and all of our customers are still very keen on these projects are all moving forward, and they will resolve any tax equity issues that exist today.

Andy.

Andy Keppel, Citigroup. So maybe this is for Paul or Jose. Like Paul, you mentioned the multiples in the past you paid were in the single digits. But what would you assume you could buy companies at today? And if I use round numbers, let's say, I said a 10 multiple, right? So I use that $5 billion, I could buy $500 million of EBITDA. Are we saying we could add like $4 or $5 to EPS by 2028? And maybe just one related, like would you prefer many bolt-ons or a larger deal or 2? Like what's the thought process there?

So look, we're not going to lay out expected multiples because that wouldn't make any sense to do today. Your math, right, the $500 million of EBITDA represents $5 of EPS. So that's kind of -- that's the math, right? So if we deployed $5 billion in M&A and we did it at your scale, which hopefully we would do better, we would -- that would generate an additional $5 of EPS. Whether we deploy it all in that time frame or not, we'll see, right? I think when we get into the types of deals, if you didn't get the sense for it, everybody is pretty excited about their business across the board at MasTec.

We have tremendous opportunities. We have opportunities for consolidation within our space. We have opportunities for new markets. We have opportunities for parallel verticals. There are a lot of things that we're looking at. We do not think it is a huge milestone to have to deploy capital today. We don't think it will be difficult to find the right companies that fit to allow us to deploy capital. So I expect that you'll see us be active in '26. Obviously, to the level of activity, we'll see how some of these deals shake out.

Maybe just a quick follow-up on data center. So like I think you mentioned $5 billion of pipeline. You've got $1 billion approximately now. So how do we think about that versus 2028 because obviously there's still a lot more work than just $5 billion out there, too? Like so how do you proceed? Because I know it's not a new business for you, but some of these customers are difficult. So like how do you proceed going forward? And should we think it could be a much bigger business in '28 or at least what did you put into the financial model?

We expect that it will be because the opportunities -- and again, a lot of that pipeline or most of that pipeline is. Repeat clients. And so we're gearing up for an incredible amount of growth in that sector. Sometimes you look at these numbers and you wonder like, are they real, but the reality is that they very much are because the need is insatiable. And MasTec, as clients continue to understand what we bring together from this platform perspective, it's like this gravitas that really just attracts people to that. And so I don't know that I want to give predictions as to where we'll be in the data center space, but it will definitely be our largest market sector of the 3 in terms of general buildings.

And we probably do not have that in our '28 numbers. No. So the expectation that we've created today probably does not represent what Manny just said. The opportunity is there, right? And remember, a little bit of a different margin profile to the extent that he can bring in more of the self-perform dramatically changes that margin profile. But if that plays out, then yes. And that will be a key driver as to why the 22% was too conservative.

Adam.

Adam Thalhimer at Thompson, Davis. Great presentation. I wanted to press a little bit more also on M&A. A lot of your competitors have made mechanical, electrical plumbing acquisitions. Curious if that's interesting to you? What end markets are attractive? I think at one point, somebody mentioned water.

Yes. So maybe touching on water first. We closed the Big Water acquisition at the end of the year. We think we've really repositioned ourselves in that market. Super excited about what that means. In terms of mechanical, electrical, look, it's obviously an area that's of interest. I think with the recent data center wins, it kind of changes our outlook a little bit on that. We've been a little more hesitant to do those kind of deals historically.

We can spend a lot of time talking about that. I won't just now. But obviously, with the opportunities that we see on the program management for data centers, that becomes a much more interesting opportunity for us because of how easily that would fit into the MasTec story.

Over on the right wing.

Ati Modak, Goldman Sachs. Paul, you mentioned market share growth as a strategy going forward, you expect to take market share. Can you talk about what that looks like across the various segments? And where does it make sense to possibly think about organic versus inorganic as we think about that trend?

Yes. I mean I think Jose talked a lot about the inorganic side of it. So I mean, we're open to acquisitions in any of the segments, which would obviously add to the share. I think my comments are really more around how our customers are engaging with us, right? So whether it's from the communications side or the power delivery side, we have opportunities. That consolidation drives cost out, right? These are really fragmented markets. There's a lot of regional procurement. There's a lot of diversification of contractors on the same system.

Adding that together under one execution platform allows us to deliver cost at a lower cost -- deliver work at a lower cost per unit. That's valuable to a utility that is trying to focus on their rate base or to a communications provider, right, that has, as Rick said, a relatively fixed revenue per user. So we think we can get it because of the dynamics, because of our scale and our ability to leverage that additional work and share to drive cost out for our customer. But yes, I think there's inorganic opportunities as well.

Jamie, on the end.

Jamie Cook, Truist Securities. I guess, Jose, recognizing the tremendous growth opportunity that's ahead of you with growth also comes risk. So I'm just wondering what parameters you will use to manage risk for the company over the next couple of years, whether it's through fixed price exposure as these projects get larger? Do you feel like you need to joint venture with other contractors? Or how many large contracts would you be willing to take on one time? And then just two, like M&A in the sector, understanding your EBITDA has grown, but others have been less successful, just parameters around managing risk around M&A.

I think managing risk is at the core of everything that we do. And I think all of them talked about it in their presentations. Each one of our business leaders is super focused on risk. We often are asked about price and escalating prices in this environment. And our answer is always before we escalate price, we're derisking. And that's probably been the biggest shift within our industry over the last 5 years is the fact that contracts have derisked. We are able to share more of the risk with customers before we hit price. That's really important because we think that really impacts margin attainability.

I think that, look, right wrong or indifferent, my family is the largest shareholder in MasTec. We're in this with every one of our investors. We have no interest in exposing ourselves to undue risk. We obviously want to take advantage of the opportunities that are before us. The truth is we don't have to, right? Organically, we're going to do just fine. But the opportunities in my mind are too good and too great to pass up. So we'll do everything with risk in mind, with derisking every situation that we have.

When we talk about -- and we've been asked this a lot over the course of the last few months, why aren't you guys more focused on combined cycle? And it's what Mark talked about, right? There's a level of complexity there that is vastly different from simple cycle and RICE engines. And it all comes down to -- you have multiple technologies. So when one of them fails, it's very difficult to figure out whose fault it was. And ultimately, as the primary contractor, you're responsible for all of the subset of what made that plant work.

So when they go well, they're great projects. When they go bad, they're really bad projects. So your contract structure has to be great. And if it ever gets to that point where we think it's completely derisked, we would look at it more. But in our risk appetite today, it's just not there. We don't think we need it, right? We think we've got plenty of opportunities to grow. So I think that's an example of where we wanted to derisk.

Let me give you another example. Last year, when we won Greenlink, we had some permitting issues early on in the Greenlink project. It was a big part of our 2025 growth plan. But yet, we didn't miss any earnings. We still grew. We still had nice growth. We still had nice margin expansion because we had a good contract, right? And we were protected from things that historically we might not have been as protected from. So yes, it is a key element of everything that we do. So very important to our growth.

Steve here.

Steve Fisher, UBS. Just really to follow up on that last point. I'm curious, maybe, Paul, this might be for you. In terms of what data are you getting now that helps you manage the ongoing operational projects as you're doing more and more bigger things, what data do you get that you're analyzing to help the operations? And there was an imaging discussion about the operational support center, I think, Mike, that was yours. Is that something that's used across the business? Or what are the tools you have to actually manage the operational risk?

I mean, so from your first question, the main tools on a big project are understanding what your production is relative to your cost. So call it earned value. And there, we have it everywhere. It's not as consistent as it can be, right? So like in Mike's business, he has 2 different systems supporting him. We have one process on part of the business, one on another. It makes it harder to compare and over time across projects, like that's an opportunity to make it more streamlined and more efficient.

So we're looking at that everywhere. That's how you know, right? I expected to spend 2 weeks and $2 million doing this activity. Did it take me longer or shorter? Did it cost me more or less for that level of production? That is the key metric to understand if your costs are accurate, if your production is driving the results that you expect. So that's what's the core of it is making it more consistent, more comparable, feeding it back into estimating more consistently.

So if you underestimated a cost on a subset of projects, now you know on the future ones, these exact same activities, we actually performed a little bit better or worse, how can we better inform those go-forward pursuits. That's the goal. That's what it's moving towards. And they can do that today. It's just more work, right, because there's some inconsistency because of the multiple environments.

I would say to your second question, one of the luxuries that renewables has is how many -- how many active solar projects do you have?

30.

Yes, 30, right? So that's a lot more than with a lot of the very similar activities going on at any given point in time than Zach would have on transmission jobs where there can be a lot of different types of structures, foundations, you name it, right? Similar with pipeline, they're in a much more lower quantity environment. Their jobs are -- they don't have 30 jobs going on, right? So Mike's business, because of the number of projects of very similar execution parameters really lends itself to that centralized center of excellence. Probably some opportunities in other businesses, but not as concentrated. So there hasn't been as much focus yet. I don't know, Mike, maybe you could talk about...

Let me jump in for a second. So to answer your question, and to capitalize on what Paul said, why we do things a little differently across all of MasTec, and this has been -- Bob has been the driver behind this. We are very focused on project controls across all of our groups. And that is something that all of us will shake our head at because we are laser-focused on it. That is, in essence, what you're talking about. Each group may do it differently, but the focus is the same. It is dialed in on project controls to improve delivery. And I think you heard that from -- in a different way from each one of us today.

Yes. If you look at the reciprocating engines that we built, we've installed over 100 of them. So why are we good at it? Because we've done 100 of them, right? We know what the unit rates are. We know what we know how to procure them. We know how to install them. We know what our productivity is, and we can very accurately estimate and measure that productivity. We measure productivity every day across every project that we have, right? We roll it up every week. We compare it against our schedules and our productivity to see where we are. It's a discipline that we all have.

And it's one that we continually try to improve upon. And for your work, right, I mean, in the infrastructure space, we build roads, bridges, utilities. So we do this work constantly. We have a lot of data on what we can execute and what rates and what productivity we can execute. So we know this work. We know it well. And so expanding that business, for example, into an adjacent market following a customer or going to adjacent geography, we have a lot of confidence we can do that and still make good money on it.

Manish.

My questions are for Paul and for Jose. Three questions. One is the $22 billion target that you laid out for '28. How much of that is based on recurring versus new business? If you can give us a sense for that? Second, I think on the M&A slide that you talked about the 300 bps of margin improvement. If you can also help us understand how much of that was cost synergies versus revenue synergies? And then lastly, on the ROIC, you have a 9.6% return in '25 going to 16%. If you can help us understand how each of the segments stack up currently and which segments need to do kind of the more of the work of the push to get to that 16%.

Okay. So on MSA versus project work, I would expect us to be in that 40%, 45% range over the -- it might ebb and flow a little bit from there, depending on what General Buildings does, timing of different projects work on the communications side, but I still think that's a reasonable range based on the makeup of the business.

Second question around the expansion. Very little was cost synergies. Henkels was really the only business that we had a significant restructuring of the back office. And frankly, it wasn't about revenue. It was about effectiveness of execution, right? It wasn't about driving cost out. It was about doing work better, more effectively, more consistently and producing better results, just better productivity. That was the primary driver, some with the timing that we talked about, better visibility has driven better profitability like in the renewables business, for example, through IEA. But again, outside of Henkels, none of it was about a major restructuring.

Internally, we don't look at ROIC for the segments. We look at a derivative called operating return on capital because what do they need? They need working capital and they need fixed assets. So we try to strip out the things that they can't control. That's obviously a different bar. All the businesses are penciling today. Candidly, clean energy infrastructure is the highest because of the relatively low capital intensity from a fixed asset perspective and across infrastructure and renewables. And for most of General Buildings, the cash flow profile from a working capital perspective is very low, to many cases, negative because of mobilization payments and ways to keep the projects cash flow positive.

So in some businesses, they actually have negative investment because the working capital profile is so good. Pipeline is more of a function of utilization. So when things are humming, they're really high. Right now, they're kind of right around the hurdle. Comms is about at the hurdle. Power Delivery, actually, they need -- internally, they're the lowest segment today. They're going to be that utilization about margin expansion. They're probably a little bit below our internal hurdle on the operating return on capital metric today. But we think with the outlook, the margin expansion that we see and the focus that you heard from Zach around fleet utilization, they're going to be where they need to be in pretty short order.

Here, Jonathan.

Jonathan Kees at Daiwa Securities. I have a question for Mike and a question for Jose. Mike, I just want to double-click on what you had mentioned. You had said that contrary to what you may have heard, things are going really well with renewables, with wind. And I guess I wanted to see if you could expand on that. I mean it sounds like basically you see disregard the headlines. I mean, it's quite knowledgeable that -- or it's quite stated in public fact that the current administration has immense to stain for windmills, for wind power. And then solar right now, anything that touches federal land gets extra level of scrutiny. So I just want to get more information on that.

Yes. I just want to clarify what I said. As we look at the wind market, it is exciting for what we have today and where we're going, right? There are challenges, but the renewables market has always gone through challenges from a regulatory perspective. This is not any different than any challenges we experienced in '22 or '24, and here we are again. What I am seeing, though, is despite those challenges, we still are increasing our A, market share and B projects that we're building. The customers that we are -- have line of sight to their future pipeline that we are in direct conversation with, they bring those concerns to us, and we work through them and understand the timing that they may impact, but they're still investing in those projects in the go forward.

So we have line of sight to projects that are out in '27, '28, '29 that we're talking about from a wind perspective that we're confident will go and we will overcome this current regulatory cycle and we'll be there when the time comes. So where it stands today, we have a large backlog and where we see the future going from a wind perspective is there as well.

From a solar perspective, we try to stay away from solar projects that are dedicated for BLM land, just as a rule of thumb. When we look at how we go after projects, and I mentioned this, we are very selective about where we build because of 2 things. One is we don't want to waste time or investment into a project that will not go. And two, we can be really successful in certain geographic areas. And in other areas, it's more challenging for us. So one of our key criteria for a no-go is if it's based on BLM land, to answer your question.

And my other question for Jose is your enthusiasm, your passion for your company, your market opportunities are great, and we can all see that and certainly is infectious here for people listening in, I would think. I think you're also a big picture person and you're kind of grounded in terms of your expectations, what you see as your opportunity. I heard you're saying you derisk stuff and you try to share the risks. So I guess stepping back, looking at the big picture view, what keeps you up at night? What are some risks that are not project specific, but stuff that maybe beyond what's on your 10-K, what you could say could really come in and mess up your plans?

Yes. Look, we don't know, right? And I say that this answer would be different. Over 20 years, the answer would have changed a lot many times. A lot of times you're worried about the market. A lot of times you're worried about execution. I'm not worried about those today. Market is going to be fine. If given the opportunity, we're going to execute fine. It's the unknowns, right? To date, the war hasn't impacted us, only in fuel prices, right? I would imagine that I think this war will ultimately play itself out. But back of my mind, if that escalated even further, what does it mean to our business?

We live in an administration that could wake up tomorrow and just say whatever they want and change something, right? That's a risk. I think we're cognizant and mindful about derisking that ahead of time, right? So when we talk about -- I think Mike really underplayed the work that he put in to know his customers, know each and every project, know the risk of every project, right? When you're working with customers who are on the fringe, who have a project that just barely gets by. And yes, it's a great project. We can make good money on it, but there's a chance that a couple of things could go wrong. But we derisked ourselves of those. So we used to have a lot of that. We don't barely have any of that today, right?

So we're really centered on the fact that we got good customers, good projects, big balance sheets. The tax equity question came up. We have a bunch of customers who don't care about tax equity anymore. What a great position to be in. That's not where we were, right? So I think we've done a lot to preempt the potential issues that could exist.

I think we have one question here.

Steve Fleishman, Wolfe Research. Two questions. First, just you mentioned the rock crusher business you bought is dealing with constraints that you see in the future. Any other things like that in across your businesses that you see worth calling out? And then secondly, just on the data center opportunity, maybe you could talk to -- well, maybe not 1 million of them, but there's a lot out there and maybe not everybody has got necessarily the likelihood of getting done or the credit and things. Just how are you differentiating what to work on and make sure you've got the credit and the likelihood of things getting done?

Yes. So on the rock trenching question, look, I think there's always things that we're looking for as a business and things have changed. 5 years ago, there was a lot of issues with supply chain. That's improved. To the extent that we find areas where we think there's going to be a constraint and we need to get ahead of it, we will consider making investments in those. We haven't. The one that we've kind of identified in our pipeline business is the rock trenching, which is why we did it. We did it more than a year ago, well ahead of the cycle. I think it's going to be -- I think it's going to prove out to be incredible for us that we did it. So we're not against doing those things, but don't today feel the need to absolutely have to do any of them.

Two, I'm going to let Manny answer the second part of the question, but I would like to chime in. If Manny gave you the number for everything that we're looking at, it would be bigger than MasTec, right? It would be bigger than MasTec. So the biggest challenge that we have is doing exactly what you said, right, is understanding the customer. So everything that we learned in renewables as to how to really understand whether a project was real or not, we've applied to the data center business.

So there's a lot of questions you ask upfront. Do you own the land? Or do you have an option on the land? It sounds really trivial. It sounds like a really trivial question. Most people don't own the land. They have an option on the land, and they're trying to figure out if they can put the scheme together to ultimately buy the land. That's red flag #1. Because if you don't own the land, then there's a chance you might -- you haven't put the capital in, right? Your hard capital is not in yet. Do you have power? Or do you have a letter that the utility is giving you telling you that they will give you power at some point in time? And if you count up all the letters that exist for power out there, we don't have enough power, right?

So there's all these intricacies in each one of these projects that you have to know in depth to qualify that project. So when Manny talks about the $5 billion that he talked about, those are qualified. Those are real. We may not get them all, but they're with current customers that we're currently working for that are real. What do you want to add?

Yes. No, I think you nailed it. Look, there's more money out there to spend on data centers than there is actual power to fuel these data centers. So I think that's the real differentiating factor like Jose said. We get a lot of calls from people that have the land, but then you start digging deep and understand whether or not they own it or not. That's criteria number one.

Criteria number two, that power, well, MasTec is better prepared than just about anybody to really go in and dive deep and figure out if what they're claiming is real or if it's not. And a lot of times, it's not. And so when I mentioned that we had -- we can scale because we have a strict no-go criteria, it sounds counterintuitive, but it's not because it helps us to focus where we have a much higher probability of winning because the people that we have qualified, they've got the land, they've got the power, and they've got the money.

And that's really the only thing that matters for us. So that's kind of -- I probably didn't do a good enough job explaining that when I was talking about our no-go process, but it is precisely what Jose is talking about.

Okay. All right. Brian.

Brian Russo with Jefferies. Can you just talk about the labor constraints that you're seeing across the end markets? Where is it most acute? I don't really think it was called out as necessarily a margin driver. But how do you build that into maybe your bidding or contract terms that, in theory, could lead to higher margins and drive to what you're trying to accomplish?

General statement before they answer, I think that you didn't hear a lot about labor shortages, labor issues. We talked a lot about training. We talked a lot about upskilling and bringing people into the workforce. But I think it's very telling that we sit here today, and we don't view labor as a huge issue relative to shortages. We think there's labor available. We think that MasTec is an employer of choice. We think we can draw people better than most. So all of that is important, but we don't view it today as a regulator on our ability to grow. Any of you want to chime in?

We have -- in the industrial practice, we have a roster of about 1,200 people that have worked for us in the past 5 years, which we keep tabs on. And we don't employ all those 1,200 right now, but we've got a strong roster of folks. I mean the highest demand folks right now are electricians, right? Rates have gone up certainly. We haven't had any trouble staffing them. We have loyal folks that follow us. They know they're coming to work for a company that takes care of them. And that's one of the ways we address it in the industrial practice.

Yes. So speaking for renewables, I'll touch on what Rick said and also what Zach said. We also have workforce development centers, and we've gotten ahead of this many years ago to set ourselves up for the growth that we expected to come during the boom with the IRA and then what has come since then. We've been working towards this end result or this end platform since then. And we are positioning our projects with our clients. We turn away projects if it's an area that we don't think we can be ultimately successful.

And one of the criteria is, do we have an existing labor force in that area that we've been successful with. And we're developing mass labor forces in the key pocket areas where we want to build and where our clients want to build. So to Jose's point about line of sight to where the projects are going to be built and where our customers are going to be built, that was an intended consequence of that alliance or that alignment is we understand where their pockets of projects are, and we've built workforces in that area to avoid having a situation future state.

I'm going to speak to the General Building part. So our labor, if you will, is different than everybody else in MasTec, right? And Jose mentioned it before in the sense that if any one of these guys gets a $1 billion project and they need to deploy 1,000 people to do the transmission lines or the mills or whatever the case may be, General Building can get a $1 billion project and manage it with 70 people, right? So it's different.

That said, what we're finding is that a lot of people want to come work for us. And I think it's to the point that you just heard. You know that we're an employer of choice. We're offering good opportunities inside of MasTec. And frankly, from the general building perspective, we can say it, right? We have some sexy projects that we're doing that people want to be a part of. That stadium for one, terminals, the data centers. I think people are starting to understand what this platform means, and they want to be a part of it.

So a lot more growth to come and a lot more specialty work. Again, I just want to reiterate what Bob is always talking about from an operational perspective. That project controls, it's like it's the security blanket that we use to go to sleep at night, and we sleep peacefully because of project controls. And so for us, we train the people that we have in-house to understand project controls and to be able to step in at any moment because that's really what drives our business from a risk mitigation perspective.

Okay. I see one more question.

Maheep Mandloi from Mizuho. One question just on data centers. Since you have a view from what your customers are seeing or the industry is doing, where do you see the bottlenecks? Is it more on access to pipelines or power equipment or EPC crews booking them well in advance? Where do you see the issues for the industry for growing in this space?

Yes. So power, right? That's the bottom line. So number one, the grid cannot accommodate the power that's necessary. And number two, when you start thinking about power generation behind the meter, there's an issue with supply chain with regards to the equipment that's needed. So Mark addressed how MasTec is preparing itself to be able to meet that need now whilst that equipment is on the way. And so that is by far the bottleneck.

What used to happen, what's interesting is this, look, 15 years ago, the hyperscalers were out there buying a land. They did their studies as far as what land had the best access to power from the grid, and they went out and they did that. And then contractors went out and they started building for hyperscalers at that level, okay? Then what ended up happening is that the demand was so voracious, right, insatiable that then you started getting this level of developers that said, I'll take the risk, and I'll go out and I'll find the land that can be entitled and can get powered. I'll buy it, I'll go ahead and invest in it, I'll spend it and then you lease it from me.

And what ended up happening is that all of a sudden, over years, these developers started like calcifying, if you will, in their ways the way that hyperscalers did because they started getting into this model that they really didn't want to get away from. So then you have a lot of contractors that are building for Tier 1 developers that are very much stuck in their way. Now there's Tier 2 developers that we're seeing, which is tremendous opportunity. People that have opportunities that come up with ways to make things faster, more efficient from a delivery standpoint, they might skid mount their equipment to try to make them plug and play and whatnot. And they're saying, we're going to develop it ourselves.

So we're seeing this tiered developer approach, right, which provides more and more opportunity. And then from a geographic perspective, what AI is doing is those primary areas of focus where data centers had to be clustered, that's not necessary anymore. So now you're seeing a lot of data centers in very, very remote locations. So when you put all of that together, the opportunity is incredible. The bottleneck is power. But I think we're better positioned than anybody else to answer all of that, I think.

Okay. One more. Brian.

Brian Brophy at Stifel. I appreciate you guys doing this. I know we talked about 2028 targets, but realistically, how far does your visibility go out at this point? And as we think about different segments, are any of them longer or any of them shorter? Any outliers to point out in terms of that visibility?

I mean they're definitely not shorter. I think that if we had to argue what's the lowest visibility, you could probably point to Mike in renewables just because the tax credits expire in 2030. Now you put a chart up there that was really important, which was levelized cost. Levelized cost, solar and wind are still super competitive even without tax credits. So I think that there's going to be some questions about what happens to renewables post 2030. I think ultimately, we will get something. But even if we don't, they'll be cost competitive and nothing is going to happen to the business.

Outside of that, right, comms, well beyond '30. Industrial and infrastructure, well beyond '30, data centers, well beyond '30. pipelines way beyond '30, right? So I think we've got incredible long-term visibility, better than we've ever had. It's durable. It's growing. It's compounding. Like it is -- I hope you got the sense of it. Like even for us that have been in this for a long time, it's somewhat hard to believe. And again, we've been building for 20 years a platform that has now put us in this position to take advantage, again, of what I think is a generational once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. It's massive.

All right. Thanks, everybody. We have lunch out back so we can gather around. Thank you.

Thank you.

Thank you for standing by, and welcome to MasTec's First Quarter 2026 Financial Results Conference Call. I want to remind participants that today's call is being recorded. I'd now like to turn the call over to Mark Lewis for some opening comments.

Thank you, Lisa, and good morning, everyone, and thanks for joining us for MasTec's first quarter conference call. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer; and Paul Dimarco, our CFO.

We have prepared slides to supplement our remarks today, which are posted on MasTec's website under the Investors tab and through the webcast link this morning. There is also a companion document with information analytics on the quarter and a guide summary to assist in financial modeling. Please read the forward-looking statement disclaimer contained in the slides accompanying this call.

During this call will make certain forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. [indiscernible] statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K, as updated by our current and periodic reports and filings includes a detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences. Additionally, in today's remarks, we'll be discussing adjusted financial metrics reconciled in yesterday's press release and supporting schedules.

We may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures on this call. A reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial measures not reconciled in these comments to the most comparable GAAP financial measure can be found in our earnings press release, slides or companion documents. We had another great quarter to start the year, and let's get into it. I will now turn the call over to Jose. Jose?

Thanks, Mark. Good morning, and welcome to MasTec's 2026 First Quarter Call. Today, I'll be reviewing our first quarter results as well as providing my outlook for the markets we serve. First, some first quarter highlights. Revenue for the quarter was $3.829 million up 34% year-over-year. Adjusted EBITDA was $284 million, a 73% year-over-year increase. Adjusted earnings per share was $1.39, a 174% year-over-year increase and backlog at quarter end was $20.3 billion a $1.4 billion sequential increase and a new record level. In summary, we delivered a great quarter. In fact, the strongest first quarter in our history setting new highs across virtually every key metric.

Revenue, EBITDA and EPS were all above guidance, with strong year-over-year double-digit growth. EBITDA margins improved 170 basis points versus last year first quarter and total company book-to-bill was 1.4x, setting yet another backlog record. 2026 should be a great year, and I'm excited about the momentum we are building as we look ahead to 2027 and beyond. Maybe more importantly, when you step back from the quarter, what we're seeing across our end markets continues to reinforce our confidence in the longer-term opportunity in front of us.

The amount of investment going into critical infrastructure right now is significant and is being driven by some very durable trends, whether that's AI and data centers, grid reliability, energy demands, critical infrastructure or connectivity. And the way we're positioned at MasTec we're right in the middle of all of that. On the telecom side, we feel really good about where we are. The fundamentals continue to improve driven by strong growth in total data usage.

Aggregate U.S. data consumption is estimated to almost double by 2030. This growth is fueled by increasing demand for streaming video, cloud computing, gaming and connected devices. The rapid expansion in total network traffic underscores durable demand and significant long-term growth potential. At the same time, you've got the next wave of investment coming from bead funding, which will support rural broadband and middle mile builds over the next several years. But the biggest shift we're seeing is around data center interconnectivity.

AI is driving a level of demand for fiber capacity, redundancy and low latency that we haven't seen before. connecting data centers both long haul and metro is becoming a major driver of spend, and we think that creates a multiyear opportunity measured in the tens of billions of dollars. In power delivery, the visibility remains strong. We're in the middle of a multiyear investment cycle in the grid. Utilities are spending heavily on transmission, system hardening, and reliability, and that's being driven by both aging infrastructure and increasing demand.

A big part of that demand is coming from AI and data centers, which could drive up to 12% of total U.S. electricity consumption by the end of the decade. That kind of growth requires significant expansion of the grid, new transmission lines substations and upgrades across the system. So when you combine load growth, resilience and energy transition, it creates a long duration, highly visible opportunity set and we think we're really well positioned there.

Power delivery revenue for the quarter was up 16% and EBITDA was up 40% and book-to-bill was 1.6x, and with backlog increasing over $600 million sequentially. In Clean Energy and Infrastructure, what's really making a difference is the platform we've built across renewables, civil industrial and general building. Our renewable revenue was up over 60% year-over-year and margins improved 70 basis points. In our industrial and infrastructure markets, we're seeing significant opportunities tied to critical infrastructure, including gas-fired generation, civil construction and general building permission-critical projects Data center development is a big part of that. Each one of those projects require significant site work, power infrastructure and ongoing expansion, and that plays directly into our capabilities.

Our recent turnkey data center award is progressing very well. The demand for both the skill set that MasTec has developed in construction management, coupled with the capabilities we have in civil power, telecom and maintenance provides us the opportunity to exponentially grow this part of our business. As the opportunity for full turnkey services matures, we continue to look for ways to increase our self-perform capabilities and improve margins. Clean Energy & Infrastructure segment revenues increased 45% year-over-year EBITDA was up 56% and segment backlog increased sequentially by over $770 million, representing a book-to-bill of 1.6x.

On the pipeline side, the fundamentals are also very solid. For the quarter, pipeline segment revenue was up 92% year-over-year and EBITDA more than tripled. There's a growing need for natural gas infrastructure particularly to support gas-fired generation, which remains critical for reliability as power demand increases. And at the same time, global LNG demand continues to grow, driving investment in export infrastructure and related pipelines, both domestically and internationally. So we see this as a business with good visibility and steady demand going forward.

Our reported backlog is not fully representative of the potential as it only includes signed contracts. Based on current negotiations and verbal awards, our visibility in this segment is as strong as it's ever been, and we expect strong long-term growth. In closing, we delivered an exceptional start to 2026 and with record performance across revenue, profitability and backlog.

These results reflect strong execution across the business and the strength of our diversified platform. More importantly, the long-term fundamentals across all of our end markets remain highly compelling from AI-driven data center growth and telecom demand to grid modernization, energy infrastructure and pipeline opportunities, the scale and durability of investment continue to grow. We believe MasTec is uniquely positioned at the center of these critical infrastructure trends with the capabilities, customer relationships and backlog to drive sustained growth.

Given our strong performance and momentum, we are increasing our full year guidance. We now expect revenue of $17.5 billion, adjusted EBITDA of $1.5 billion and earnings per share of $8.79, representing year-over-year growth of 22%, 30% and 34%, respectively. With strong visibility, accelerating demand and meaningful momentum across our segments, we are confident in our outlook for 2026 and and increasingly optimistic about the opportunities ahead in 2027 and beyond. I'd like to take a moment to thank the men and women at MasTec, it is both an honor and a privilege to lead such an outstanding team. Our people are deeply committed to the values that define us, safety, environmental stewardship, integrity and honesty while consistently delivering high-quality projects at the best possible value for our customers. These principles have not been unnoticed.

Our customers recognize and appreciate the dedication and excellence our team brings to every project. It is through the hard work and commitment of our people that we have positioned ourselves for continued growth and long-term success. I'd like to thank you for your continued support. And I'll now turn the call over to Paul for our financial review. Paul?

Thank you, Jose, and good morning. We are pleased with the momentum built by our first quarter results and the continued trend of improved first quarter performance. This has been a focused effort in recent years and 2026 marks the best first quarter in MasTec history. Off of our strong start, we now expect to generate almost 45% of our full year EBITDA in the first half of 2026, implying markedly lower seasonality than our business has experienced historically.

Our Q1 results represent record levels of first quarter revenue, adjusted EBITDA, EPS and backlog. Year-over-year, we drove meaningful growth with revenue up 34%, adjusted EBITDA up 73% and 174% and backlog by 28%. We continue to see strong customer demand for MasTec's broad service offerings and expertise to meet their infrastructure development goals. Our customers continue to show high confidence in MasTec seeking deeper integration and partnership through alliance agreements, sole-sourced contracts and a desire for MasTec to provide turnkey services on strategic infrastructure builds. This is particularly apparent when speed and execution certainty are critical. Our scale, expertise and focus on mutually beneficial outcomes are key components driving this confidence.

Now I'll share some further details on our first quarter segment performance and our outlook. Our Communications segment had a good start to the year, generating revenue of $802 million, growing 18% year-over-year and 7% ahead of expectations. EBITDA margins were about 100 basis points below last year's first quarter, negatively impacted by cost to exit certain markets in our [indiscernible] fulfillment business. Communications backlog in the first quarter was up slightly from year-end and 12% year-over-year to another record level. We continue to see strong broad-based demand for wireline services with customers engaging for multiyear turnkey opportunities.

Our second quarter communications outlook calls for $875 million of revenue, with EBITDA margins slightly higher than 2025 in the low double digits. We also expect to achieve double-digit EBITDA margins for the remainder of the year. resulting in approximately 70 basis points of margin expansion versus 2025.

First quarter power delivery results exceeded our guidance by 10% of revenue and 21% in EBITDA with solid execution to start the year, resulting in 12 basis points of EBITDA margin expansion year-over-year. Most notable in the quarter was the continued backlog strength with a 1.6x book-to-bill driving backlog to a new record of $6.2 billion. We saw a number of new contracts executed in Q1 and as well as expanded scope on some existing projects. Regarding Greenlink, our client resolved the transmission permitting review earlier than anticipated, and we are now operating across the full contractual scope. This is one of the factors driving our revenue guidance higher to approximately $4.8 billion or 14% year-over-year growth.

Full year EBITDA margins remain on track to approach double digits and are trending higher than our prior guidance. We continue to expect year-over-year margin expansion in each quarter for power delivery with 60 to 70 basis points of margin expansion for Q2 specifically. Our Pipeline segment had a terrific first quarter, generating $682 million of revenue, almost doubling year-over-year with EBITDA margins of 21%.

Margins exceeded our guidance by 165 basis points and increased 270 basis points sequentially. It is important to note that broader pipeline construction demand is still developing, and we are generating these margin results in a competitive environment. Unquestionably, we are executing at a high level. delivering high-quality projects ahead of schedule for our clients. These positive outcomes further illustrate MasTec's position as the leader in this space and will continue to be a differentiating factor as the cycle develops. For the second quarter, we expect revenue of $600 million with EBITDA margins in the high teens, slightly below the first quarter result.

Full year margins are still forecasted in the mid-teens, but trending higher with the first half performance. We are currently taking a conservative view around second half project timing and productivity while we firm up specific resource allocations. Longer term, we continue to see an unprecedented level of project activity and remain very bullish on the opportunity set for this segment in the years ahead.

Clean Energy and Infrastructure also started the year off strong, delivering over $1.3 billion of revenue, up 45% year-over-year almost 10% ahead of our guidance. EBITDA margins of 6.7% expanded 50 basis points from Q1 of 2025, and we generated 56% EBITDA growth. Renewables and general buildings both contributed to the revenue beat with year-over-year growth of 63% and 166%, respectively. While our recent acquisitions were solid contributors to the quarter, organically, we still generated over 30% year-over-year growth.

Backlog continued to develop nicely, reaching another record level of $7.3 billion. This represents a total book-to-bill of 1.6x, inclusive of 1.3x organically. Infrastructure led to backlog development, but renewables also extended its streak to 11 consecutive quarters of lag growth. Demand continues to be robust across the business verticals, leading us to increase our full year revenue guidance to approximately $6.7 billion, up $325 million or 5% higher than previous forecasts. EBITDA margins are still forecasted in the high single digits, comparable year-over-year, largely due to the higher mix of General building activity in 2026.

Q2 revenue is expected to increase almost 50% year-over-year to $1.7 billion, with EBITDA margins also comparable to 20,25 second quarter. We generated cash flow from operations of $99 million in the first quarter with higher revenue levels versus guidance, driving additional working capital investment. We also saw DSOs increased to 72 days versus 65 days at year-end resulting in lower cash conversion than anticipated. We expect DSOs to trend back to the mid-60s over the course of the year.

Our liquidity stands at approximately $1.8 billion and net leverage of 1.8x is well within the terms of our financial policy and criteria to maintain our investment-grade ratings. Our improved Q1 performance, coupled with continued capital efficiency led to further growth of return on invested capital, expanding almost 100 basis points from year-end to over 10%.

We expect this trend to continue, and we'll share more thoughts regarding ROIC targets at our upcoming Investor Day. Moving to our consolidated 2026 guidance. We are raising our full year guidance to reflect the first quarter beat and our improving outlook for the remainder of 2026. We now expect revenue of $17.5 billion or 22% growth year-over-year and 3% higher than our prior forecast. For adjusted EBITDA, we are now forecasting $1.5 billion or an 8.6% margin with a $50 million increase, representing a 10% margin flow-through on the increased revenue outlook.

Adjusted EPS is forecast to be $8.79, an increase of almost 35% year-over-year and 5% ahead of our prior guidance. Our cash flow from operations outlook remains unchanged, expecting to exceed $1 billion for 2026. We are increasing our net cash capital expenditure forecast to about $220 million to support the additional revenue growth. Our second quarter outlook reflects another strong quarter of year-over-year growth across all of our major financial metrics, with revenue, adjusted EBITDA and EPS growing 21%, 38% and 47%, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA margins are expected to expand by over 100 basis points compared to the second quarter of 2025. Lastly, I want to remind you that MasTec will be hosting Investor Day on May 12, which will also be webcast live via a link at MasTec Investor site. We are excited to introduce additional members of our operational management team to the investment community and provide a medium-term financial outlook. This concludes our prepared remarks. I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] And our first question today will be coming from the line of Alex Rygiel of [indiscernible] Capital Securities.

Jose, congratulations to you and your team on another outstanding quarter. In the context of profit margins, growth at MasTec has been very impressive. And now with backlog up 28% year-over-year. Can you talk about how pricing and/or contract terms are changing? And is there a point where price and contract terms become more important to the company rather than volume?

So Alex, I think it's a great question. I think we've been talking about the momentum of the business over the course of the last year. We've obviously seen it in our backlog growth, right? If you -- I think backlog in '25 was up about $4.5 billion. We're up another $1.4 billion this quarter. I think in the last 2 quarters alone, we're up around $3.5 billion. So I would argue that a lot of the improvements that we've seen in the business from a pricing perspective, obviously, from a growth perspective, haven't really even started hitting our financials yet, right? I think we're just at the beginning of seeing some of the improvements that we saw in '25 relative to backlog and repricing, and I think that will play through the balance of '26 and into '27. So I definitely think it's something to pay attention to. We feel really good about what we have in backlog. We feel really good about ability to not just grow our revenue, but I think we've talked about margins a lot, and our intention is to improve them on a segment by segment level. We know we have a lot of opportunity there, and we're looking forward to delivering on that.

Excellent. And then as it relates to the pipeline market, which appears poised for kind of notable upside. Can you comment on the competitive environment there and how you're positioned? It sounds like it's a little bit more of a 2027 opportunity from a P&L standpoint, but maybe talk about the time line here over the next few years.

Sure. So nothing's changed. I think going into this year, we said we'd expect it to do about $2.5 billion we knew we would be somewhat constrained because a lot of projects were going to be pending materials that we're going to take a long time to come online. So we've always said we thought '27 was a significant growth year for us. We're really happy with the way we started '26. And we do think there's some potential at the back end of 26 to maybe bring in some projects and hopefully be a little bit different than what we've been saying. But right now, -- we're very bullish on '27 and beyond. We've talked about getting to historical highs in revenue. So I mean we feel great about all of that. I think to the beginning of the question, which was the competitive landscape in the business, there's no question that post pandemic, we saw companies -- we saw some companies fail. We saw some companies disappear completely. We saw others deemphasize the pipeline business. So I think the competitive landscape today really benefits MasTec. We never -- we continue to invest in the business. We kept our strongest people. I think we've rebuilt. So I think we're in a great position to not just win the market share in the past, but to actually increase our market share throughout the cycle.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Andy Kaplowitz of Citigroup.

I'd be curious about your thoughts on this cycle versus others. Your backlog, as you know, is almost -- is up almost 30% year-over-year, and that's what pipeline backlog being down. We know you think pipeline earnings will be stronger going forward. So I think you expect to grow EPS now mid-30s this year. You're starting to think about that kind of growth being sustainable in '27? And do you think it will be pipeline leading earnings growth or actually one of your other segments such as Clean Energy?

Yes. So lots of questions in there, Andy. I'd start by saying, look, the momentum of our business is incredible. I think that comparing it to past cycles. I've been CEO since 2007. I can't remember a time where every business was just humming right, where everything just -- everything just had great opportunities in front of it, where we see backlog growing across the board where we see momentum actually increasing. So I think from a total business perspective, it's just as good as I've ever seen. And quite frankly, I would only expect it to get better. We're going to have a great year across the board on every financial metric. I think we've got our Investor Day on May 12, where we're going to lay out some longer-term targets we're really bullish about what we think we can accomplish in the mid- to long term. And we're excited. We spent so much time, whether it's on these conference calls or at investor conferences talking about either the previous quarter or the next quarter or the current year. And we're looking forward to having a day where we can lay out a little bit of a longer-term vision and really give you some long-term targets that I think everybody is going to really feel good about.

Okay. So then I'll ask you a quick follow-up. So just you positively surprised pretty much every quarter in communications over the last few quarters. But I think you raised '26 communications revenue guidance by even less than you beat in Q1. So is it just conservatism? Or do you continue to see the momentum moving forward across most of your communication businesses?

Yes, I'd say a couple of things. I think Paul laid out in his script, we took some onetime charges there that impacted margins by about 100 basis points, if not it kind of would have been flat with last year. When we look at the balance of the year, I mean, we're guided to $17.5 billion number. It was an ice round figure. I don't think you should take anything into the back end -- back half communications guidance. We have plenty of opportunity there. And hopefully, we'll continue with our goal of at least meeting, but if not beating expectations on a quarter-by-quarter basis.

And our next question is coming from the line of Steven Fisher of UBS.

Congratulations, Jose, you mentioned that you're seeing potential for exponential growth. And I think it was the -- essentially the data center piece of clean energy and infrastructure. To what extent do you think this is going to be the main narrative for the Clean Energy segment going forward? And how much will natural gas plants be part of that?

So I'd say a couple of things. When we look at -- we kind of look at our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business and break it out in roughly 4 buckets, right? So we've got renewables. We've got our industrial business, which would include any new power generation, conventional power generation. We've got our infrastructure business, which is a lot of what we're doing on the Civil side. And then we've got our general Buildings Group, which is what has really been focused on both critical infrastructure and the data center subset. So I would say, if you look at backlog, every one of those had a backlog increase in the first quarter relative to sequential backlog growth. So we're feeling good about all 4 of them. Obviously, the data center opportunity subset is massive, and it's 1 that I think will play a big role in MasTec's future. What we found, we're on 1 job currently. What we found is it's an incredible opportunity for us. We bring a really unique skill set that I think many are interested in. We have an incredible number of opportunities that we're going through right now that I think will develop. So we feel good about that part, but we -- quite frankly, we feel good about the whole business. I think we've been really adamant about what our position is on power generation on the conventional side. historically done a lot of simple cycle where haven't done a lot of CCGT work. And we feel good about that. There's a tremendous amount of opportunity of demand. It will be a part of our growth story. It won't be the leading part of our growth story, but it will definitely be a part of our growth story, and I think we're well exposed to all of it.

That's great. And then on the power delivery side, I wonder if you could just talk about transmission opportunities for bookings. I'm curious to what extent are customers coming to you looking for skill sets and capacity sort of versus putting out a more competitive process? And sort of what's the timing of sort of next major bookings for you?

We're really excited about the growth in backlog in our power delivery this quarter, right? Book-to-bill, over a $600 million backlog increase broad-based, no major projects kind of pushed that way. From a major project perspective, we're seeing more activity than we ever have. I think we're in a great position. I think the fact that we're working Greenlink and our success on Greenlink has really positioned us differently across the industry. So couldn't be more excited about the opportunities that are on the way and I think we're really well positioned. So that will be a big part of our story on a go-forward basis.

Our next question will be coming from the line of Brian Brophy of Stifel.

Congrats on the nice quarter. Just wanted to ask on CE&I. Obviously, awards there were pretty healthy. Just any color on where the source of strength is coming from when I think across your clean energy, civil, street highway businesses? Or were there any additional GC awards in the quarter? And then you talked about having about $4 billion of projects under LNTP in that segment. Did that come down with the backlog build here? Or does that remain elevated still?

Yes. So just to reiterate on the last question, because it was similar, right? On our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business, right, in all 4 buckets backlog increased, I think, maybe in general buildings we were flat. So to the point of it being data center driven, it was not. It was really made up from the other 3 parts of the business. I would say that our LNTP work is either at the same number or it's actually increased. So I think we feel really good about our potential to continue building backlog in renewables through the balance of the year. and for sure for the segment. So I would expect Clean Energy and Infrastructure backlog to be a lot higher by the end of the year than it is today. It may not be every single quarter, but we feel really good about what we'll end the year. And again, momentum is just really, really strong today.

Yes, that's great. I appreciate the color there. And then just a big picture question on the GC business. When you think about the opportunity in terms of size and scale, how are you thinking about it in terms of number of projects you can take on and kind of size of project ranges you're looking at?

It's a great question. And by the way, it's the beauty of the business that we're in. And I think we'll elaborate a lot on this on our Investor Day. But the beauty of a turnkey data center site is the number of people that it actually takes on the construction management side is relatively limited. So we can stand up groups relatively quickly to meet our customers' needs, right? On the self-perform side, it's a little different because you need a lot of craft. And in some cases, we're really well positioned. And then maybe in some geographies, we're not. But from a pure construction management perspective, with a relatively small group of people, you can actually do some incredible work on behalf of the customer. And that's really what we've been working on. We've been working about building our resources there. I think we're super well positioned. I think we can take a significant number of projects on concurrently. We're working towards that. And I think, again, I think at our Investor Day, we'll get into a lot more details on that.

The next question is coming from the line of [indiscernible] Goldman Sachs.

Can you talk about what you're seeing on the long-haul transmission line opportunities through the next few years? You've previously talked about M&A to add capability for a third simultaneous line there. I'm curious how that thought process is progressing? What are you seeing in the market? And what should we expect?

I think that a couple of things. I think we've done a great job of organically growing that side of the business. We've really focused on it in the last 4 or 5 years. Obviously, Greenlink was a solid culmination of that to kind of really prove to ourselves into the industry that we had made significant inroads in that market. Again, the opportunity subset there is incredible right now. I think the industry is going to substantially grow. And again, I think we're super well positioned there. We are not -- we do not feel that we need to make an M&A transaction in that market to kind of reach the goals that we have internally. But it's definitely an area where if the right opportunity arose, we would definitely pay attention and consider it. But right now, we feel good about where we are, how we're positioned and our ability to win.

And then maybe one for Paul. You mentioned lower seasonality than previous years. Can you give us more color on the structural element that's driving that going forward? Obviously, Q1 performance was great, but I would love to know how you're thinking about the structural elements here

A lot of it is just around project timing and working with our customers to promote higher productivity and access the projects that are executing through the end of the year. That was a big focus. The weather helped out a little bit, weather it was a little bit mild in most of the parts most areas we operate. But overall, it's just being proactive and really working with our clients to try to promote opportunities for us to keep our crews and our equipment productive. It balances out. It makes the peak to the summer months, more efficient, and we're excited about how it will benefit the business in this year and the years ahead.

And our next question is coming from the line of Jamie Cook of Truist Securities.

Congrats on the next quarter and excited about May 12. I guess, Jose, a couple of questions. one, as we're thinking about the opportunity that you're going to lay out, how much do you want to differentiate, i.e., MasTec is largely an organic growth story versus relying on M&A or joint venture, maybe you need to do that to manage risk or get into markets -- adjacent markets in a proper way. I guess my second question on that is just sort of you have so much growth in front of you. To what degree are you prioritizing the type of growth that you want in that for MasTec, it's not growth for the sake of growth, but it's more growth for the sake of where you can generate the best margin or return.

Sure. Thanks, Jamie. I'd say a couple of things. First, let's talk about organic growth versus M&A. I think MasTec was in a unique position post pandemic, where we really tried to focus on certain core diversification into the energy markets. I think we did that in 2022, '23. I obviously, those were big acquisitions for us at the time. We said very vocally that we were going to focus on organic growth. We were going to focus on really making our balance sheet a lot healthier and being in a position to put ourselves in a position to do whatever we wanted. And I think we've accomplished that. So I think that was [indiscernible] our goal. We had levered up a little bit on those acquisitions. We wanted to bring leverage back down. We wanted to fully integrate those acquisitions. We wanted to make sure they were performing at a high level. And I think today, we sit here and it's -- we can check the box. We've done that. We're excited about that. I think you're seeing the beginning of those results, I don't even think we've seen all of those results flow through our financials yet. So we're excited about that. We're also excited about what M&A has meant to our business over a really long period of time. We've had a lot of growth via M&A since -- at least in my term as CEO since 2007, we bought some incredible companies. And I think you saw us be more active at the end of '25, right? We bought what we thought [indiscernible] 2 incredible companies in 2 market segments that we think have tremendous long-term potential and growth opportunities. They're both here just over a quarter. We're excited to have them. They've been fantastic additions to MasTec. But the truth is there's a lot more. And we've said we're going to focus more on M&A. There are a ton of opportunities out there, a lot of which we really like. and they're very strategic, right? We're looking at our business in a way of which to figure out where are the areas that we want to grow as a business, where are the internal opportunities that we have relative to the workforce that we have and then where do we need to go outside and try to find some help to either bolster whether it's a geographic area or an area of work. So I do think you're going to see us be a lot more active in M&A for sure than we've been in the last couple of years. I think we started that in the fourth quarter of '25 and I think you'll see that continue throughout '26. With all that said, I mean, today, we feel good about the segments that we're in. We think all of the segments offer us solid growth potential. And more importantly, I think we've got the management teams within each of those businesses to handle the level of growth. So where I would be concerned on growth isn't necessarily on capital allocation. because I think some of these, quite frankly, aren't even that capital intensive, some or more. I think we feel good about the return profile of each, but where it becomes really important for us is to understand that we have the leadership strength to be able to deliver on that growth and deliver the optimal margins on that growth. And today, I think we're more than equipped to take on multiple areas of growth, multiple businesses of growth. And I think we're just really starting to enjoy that. I think we've worked really hard over a really long period to put ourselves in the position that we are today. And I think it's time to kind of enjoy the fruits of our labor and to take advantage of those growth opportunities and execute on them. So I don't really see us jumping into a lot of new businesses, but quite frankly, I see us really trying to expand the ones that we're in and take advantage of the opportunities within those.

And the next question is coming from the line of Sangita Jain of KeyBanc.

Can I ask one question given Jose, how you said demand is inflecting so strongly in all your segments. Last year, you were resourcing in pipelines and communications as the demand emerges, how do you feel right now about the ability to keep resourcing upwards to meet the demand, whether it's labor or other facilities that you need? Is that getting harder?

So Sangita. So a couple of things I'd say. I'd say we're -- at the end of the day, we're a people business, right? It's what differentiates us. It's what makes us who we are. I think it's a critical element. It's an irreplaceable asset. Nobody can replicate the workforce that we've built, right, especially trying to come in. So it's one of our big moats. It's important to us. It's something that we keep building on -- when we look at just pure numbers, right, I think we're up about 6,000 people year-over-year. We're up just under 2,000 sequentially. So it's -- quite frankly, it's a machine, right? We're constantly adding people. We're constantly adding resources. We're constantly manning to the opportunities that are in front of us. It's part of what makes us good at where we're at. It's critical to our success in the long term. And it's something that we're not just investing in, but we think we're good at. So we'll continue to do that. I think that there's been periods where obviously the hiring impacts margins because you're going from a slower period to a period where you're a lot busier. I think the business is much more consistent today. I just think it's part of the business. We'll continue to grow. We'll continue to grow into the demand. and then hopefully benefit from the margin opportunities that are associated with that.

Great. That's helpful. And then just a quick follow-up on your communications revenue guide. You guys referred to be maybe emerging over time and being conservative in your second half outlook? Can you tell us if there is any bad factored into your back half? Or is there still an optionality in the second half?

I think we've got some design built in, but I don't think we have a lot of construction built in, so there's some revenues, but I think it has a really meaningful impact to '27.

Our next question will be coming from the line of Liam Burke of B. Riley Securities.

Jose, you talked in your prepared comments about the step-up in demand for telecom on data center interconnectivity. Are you seeing more of that activity on the long haul or on the local loop of the network?

I think both, right? I think you've got different types of dissenters. I think you've got a lot of our customers chasing that business. So I think it will make some customers more competitive than other is the vastness of their infrastructure. So depending on the client, it will be more specific to one or the other, but I think both will have substantial growth over time, and we're seeing opportunities across both of those.

Great. And on [indiscernible], a nice step up in margin. Is that just better terms of the negotiations? Or are you just seeing the advantages of your scale?

Well, I think it starts with better execution, and then it gets into obviously, all of the opportunities that the business has the relative to the size and the growth. But at the end of the day, it's -- a lot of it is our execution. Again, we made significant investments in '21, '22 to really grow that business. And I think now a lot of the fruits of those efforts over many years of hard work are starting to pay off.

And our next question is coming from the line of Maheep Mandloi of Mizuho.

Maybe just a quick one on the gas pipeline and [indiscernible] just talked about a little bit demand over there. But when are you expecting the orders to kind of flow in on those for next year or after that?

Yes. So it hasn't really changed. I think that we've got an enormous amount of confidence relative to the conversations we're having with our customers, whether they're verbal awards that we have or the expectations from our customers have laid out to us on what we're going to build. So for us, right, when we look at '27, we think we've got our plate is pretty full as it is. When those turn into contracts and 1 thing we can report on the backlog is a different story. So it's -- and that's why we keep talking about backlog isn't really representative in that market today. It will be at some point, it's coming. It's close. It will probably be towards the latter half of 2026. But I can tell you that our visibility today in the '27 and beyond is fantastic.

Our next question is coming from the line of Justin Hauke of Baird.

Great. So I guess I just wanted to get a little more clarity on the guidance. I mean, clearly, the first quarter came in much better than what you were expecting revenue by 10% and earnings by like 40%. But in the full year, flowing through a lot less than that. And I know 1Q is seasonally the lines, but you're also having a lot less seasonality than you had historically. So just trying to understand kind of what's underpinning the conservatism as you look at the balance of the year versus what you did in the first quarter?

Well, Justin, I think that a couple of things I'd say is that's what we did. We kind of pushed the beat in Q1 through guide through the year. didn't necessarily reforecast the balance of the year. I think that's -- there's a lot of concerts built into that. Obviously, we haven't taken into account that, that acceleration in the business is going to continue throughout the 3 quarters. And hopefully, we can deliver on that, and that will be the source of our beats throughout the balance of the year. But I think that's how we looked at it, right? So not a lot more science than that. I think we've got our Investor Day coming up on May 12, where we're going to lay out, I think, a much longer-term vision, and we're excited about how the rest of the year can play out for us. So I wouldn't read too much into it. I think we're pretty excited. I don't I think we took each of the areas where we beat and we kind of pushed it through the year. And obviously, if the opportunities continue to exist across all those segments, then we will do better than what we're seeing.

All right. I kind of figured that's what you would say and looking forward to the Analyst Day, too. I guess the second question, just understanding on the communications side, the exiting from the install-to-the-home market, was that something you guys were expecting? And then I guess the corollary to it is that all done? So the cost that you took that's all contained in the quarter? Or is that something that's going to kind of continue throughout the year?

We don't expect any more to continue throughout the year. I'd say we're still in that business, so we're not out of the business. So let me be maybe a little more clear on what that is. we've had a relationship with DIRECTV as far back as I can remember. And I actually think this is a remarkable story at MasTec. I became CEO in 2007. At the time, DIRECTV was almost 50% of revenues. Last year, DIRECTV was less than 1%. So I think that the fact that what we've been able to do the business -- to the business over the course of the last 19 years, has been phenomenal. It was a business that at its peak, reached almost $700 million in revenue. And again, it was less than 1% of revenues last year. We see challenges in our business at times, right? We had a customer that was -- it was all pay television service, satellite driven. Obviously, the Internet took off streaming video took off the business changed. And I actually think that's part of the beauty of MasTec, right? We took a business that was such a major part of our financial performance a long time ago. We were able to adapt in the business. We were actually able to help our customers with other technologies like everything that happened relative to fiber and Internet and we were able to offset that decline over a period of time. I think what gets lost in our story a lot is the fact that we've done an amazing job growing our telecom business over many years, especially over the last few years in an environment where that business massively declined from $700 million to a negligible number. So I think this year, we kind of exited a number of markets. It's a small business. And we took some charges in Q1 that represented about 100 basis points. Quite frankly, we probably could have redeem. We decided not to and it is what it is. So we're thankful for that relationship. We're still going to work for them in any way that we can. We're still going to support them and help them in any way that we can. But I think it's a great reflection of the way that MasTec has matured in the business that we've come and the fact that we've been able to overcome something like that over such a long period and done it with a ton of success.

And our next question is coming from the line of Manish Somaiya of Cantor.

Jose, can you remind us what is the mix between maintenance and new projects for your pipeline business? And what I'm trying to figure out is how I should think about the incremental upside to backlog. I mean, obviously, the backlog right now is about $1.3 billion out of the $20.3 billion. So I'm just trying to get a sense for that as well.

Yes, I don't have an exact number, but I would tell you is a few years back when the business looked doom and gloom post-pandemic, we said that we thought the bottom run rate would be $1.5 billion to $1.8 billion. did that based on predominantly a maintenance-driven business, so I'd still argue that that's kind of the range and the balance is project driven. So I don't have an exact breakout today, but I would argue that that's pretty close. So I think that -- as you think about future projects, it will be the growth off of that base.

Right. And obviously, Q1, the business did exceptionally well, favorable outlook for '26. How should I think about '27 in terms of reaching or exceeding your prior peak margins in that business?

Yes. I think the opportunity is there. I mean, if I was sitting here today and I was having to guide for '27, I would say we'll do $2.5 billion this year. I would feel super comfortable that we're going to do 3 or better, and I think we have an outside chance to get to historical levels, which are 3.5% as early as '27. And I think that's what we've been saying over the last couple of quarters.

Right. And then just on capital allocation with leverage approaching low ones how are you thinking between deleveraging even further bolt-on acquisitions, repurchases? If you could just shed some light on that.

I think based on the growth opportunities that we have in front of us, I do think you're going to see us be more active in M&A. And I think that's where you'll see deployment of capital.

Our next question is coming from the line of Brian Russo of Jefferies.

Just assuming Greenlink North commences construction also next year, combined with the smaller project that I believe is supposed to commence mid-year this year. Do you have the capacity to handle more than those 2 projects combined in 2027, just to tie into your comments that you don't need to grow that side of the business organically to competitively bid on new projects?

Absolutely.

Okay. Okay. Great. And then just a follow-up on the M&A question. Could you be any more specific on target markets, assuming nothing in power delivery target markets, that you see the most opportunity for MasTec in particular? And would you be interested in MEP at all to kind of round out that turnkey solution for the data centers.

Yes. Look, I don't want to get ahead of myself again. I think that at our Investor Day, we're going to walk through strategy a lot more than what we normally do. I think from that, you'll be able to attain the types of things that we're looking at. again, it's broad-based. I think at the end of the day, we're still opportunistic driven, right? I don't think -- somebody asked the question earlier, I think it was Jamie are we chasing revenue. We're not. So for us, it's strategic. I think that we've got some really good opportunities in front of us. I don't really want to kind of tip my hand on that, but I feel like we're in a good spot. I felt like the 2 acquisitions that we made at the end of last year have been really beneficiary to MasTec. And I think we have a number more that we can make that would really help our company.

Our next question is coming from the line of Mark Bianchi of TD Cowen.

I guess, first on the communications progression from here. you're quite precise on what the margin improvement is going to be for the year. But I don't know if you want to put any precision on second quarter, but the way it looks to me like the margin improvement year-over-year may need to accelerate in the back half. That's right. Could you just maybe walk us through that? Is that just sort of getting to absorbing some of those earlier costs that you have? Or is there spinouts going on there?

I think that's exactly right. So in '25, again, we had phenomenal organic growth in '25. I think it was 34% on a year-over-year basis. We entered a lot of new markets. We opened a lot of new offices. I think those offices are beginning to mature. I think we'll see the significant impact of that maturity in the second half of the year. That's why we're so comfortable of really calling for a higher profile margin in the second half of the year, and that's exactly how we expect it to play out. I think considering if you would normalize Q1 for for our charges and we kind of look at what's happening in Q2, we feel really good that the progression of that is taking shape and are very confident in being able to say that.

Okay. Great. And the last one is for Paul. This isn't a big increase, but the CapEx number ticked up just a little bit. Could you talk about what's going on there? And maybe more broadly, how we should be thinking about kind of capital intensity for the business going forward?

And I said in the comments, it's truly just about the additional growth we see not just in 2016 but in the years ahead. So I mean, that's our primary objective around capital allocation is supporting organic growth and fixed assets is a big piece of that. So still relatively low, particularly where we've been historically. So we're still very comfortable with that level of capital intensity, but really just just focusing on supporting the demand that we see and the needs of our customers.

And our next question is coming from the line of Philip Shen of ROTH Capital Partners.

Congrats on the great quarter. Wanted to check in on the renewables comments you made visibility you said is a strongest it's ever been. Momentum is strong. You said as well. And so I wanted to check in with you also on this tax equity pause by 4 major banks were what, 4 months into the year. And this has kind of become a bit of a topic. And I know '26 is not impacted because it's a Section 48 year. But for 2027, I think more projects might depend on 48. So I was wondering if you could give us a little bit more color on that really strong outlook vis-a-vis this tax equity pause and to what degree have you guys kind of gone through your portfolio and check in with customers to make sure that the exposure here is modest, if any, at all?

Look, I think that's the big change in our business over the longer period. I think we've done a great job at aligning ourselves with key customers, understanding their business understanding what their risks are, right? So I think we've managed that really well. We feel really comfortable about our book of business for '27. And as we generally think about it for the market, I would also add the following because I do think it's important, right? We are in the middle of an unbelievable opportunity of growth as a country relative to so much of this critical infrastructure. Power is the cog in the wheel. Everybody knows it. Everybody is talking about it. The administration knows, the President knows that everybody knows it. So while obviously, we're going to get a lot of noise at the end of the day, issues like this have to be fixed because if not, it has much, much greater implications. And I have a high level of confidence that the things that need to be done to fix issues like this will happen irrespective of that, that was a general comment for the industry. I feel good about our portfolio. But just seeing what's happening in Washington, seeing how they're reacting to certain things. I promise you that renewables are an incredibly important part of the story in the near to midterm, and they understand that, and they will do what they have to do to make sure that, that doesn't delay meaningful investment in this country.

and then as a follow-up on that topic, one thing I've been trying to track is this LNTP to NTP time frame when it comes to solar and in renewables. And so for you guys, what is that typical time line with customers. When they sign LNTP, is it typically 6 to 7 months before you guys go [indiscernible] or is it maybe 9 months? Just every EPC has a different kind of average based on geographic mix and so forth. So I was curious kind of where you guys sit.

Yes. I think it depends on the customer, right? Some customers you have alliance agreement with other you're just doing specific projects. So I think that's fairly different between the two. We don't go to backlog until financial close on the project. A lot of times is late in the cycle of that project. So some could be open longer than others. But again, it's an important metric for us because it gives us visibility into what we're going to book into new work over time. But I don't think -- I would say the majority of it, if not all of it, is by less than a year.

Our next question is coming from the line of Adam Thalhimer of Thompson.

Data center connectivity, you said that was tens of billions of dollars. Is that the labor component and therefore, the opportunity for MasTec? And has that started? Or is that more 2027?

I think it started, right? I mean we've announced and back, I want to say maybe even at the end of '24, our first award relative to a customer that had gone after that work and specifically won a project around it. I think this is a really long cycle. I think there's going to be an enormous amount of work that happens across the country. Obviously, data center construction is really a cycle that's just starting. So we feel good about it. We think that is a MasTec TAM number. So it's just a massive opportunity.

And then quickly on pipeline. Are you seeing book and burn projects that could come in for the back half of '26, but just not putting that into guidance until you have them in hand.

I mean we have a portion of our business, it's all book and burn. So we would expect to have -- I mean there is some book and burn built into our guidance. Thus, our backlog levels don't fully support the full year anyway, right? So we need some book and burn, but that's a normal part of the business, and we will -- we definitely feel good about that. And so to the question, right, to the, I guess, broader question, which is there are opportunities for more book and burn to improve even what we're saying. I think the short answer to that is yes.

And our next question is from the line of [indiscernible] of Wolfe Research.

I just wanted to ask, with President Trump approving [indiscernible] pipeline yesterday, like beyond a specific project, do you see this approval approving project activity or just more derisking project pipeline that's already in your funnel?

I think this President has been very vocal about his desire to see infrastructure built, specialty pipelines. So I think that if any project is brought to him that he has the potential to influence he will. And I think that's a good thing for the industry.

Okay. And as a follow-up, can you just provide any color on the type of pipeline work that's been driving the margins? Like is it pricing, execution, project mix? And how does that evolve as you return to peak pipeline revenues?

Yes. Look, I don't think there was anything abnormal about our margin execution in Q1, right? We've had plenty of quarters where we've done as well. So I think that's just a moment in time where you had good utilization, you had a lot of work, and you were able to perform it at a high level. So we're obviously not guiding to that for the balance of the year, but we would hope that -- we can continue to deliver on that. Again, utilization is a key driver there, but we had a good quarter, and hopefully, that will continue.

This concludes today's Q&A session. I would like to turn the call back over to Jose for closing remarks. Please go ahead.

Thank you. I'd just like to thank everybody for participating today. in to remind everybody we've got our Investor Day on May 12 in New York. We hope you can make it. And we look forward to updating you on our second quarter call in a few months. Thank you.

Thank you all for participating in today's program. You may now disconnect.

Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Q4 2025 MasTec, Inc. Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.

I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker today, Chris Mecray, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.

Good morning, and thank you for joining us for MasTec's Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2025 Financial Results Conference Call. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer; and Paul Dimarco, Chief Financial Officer. We have prepared slides to supplement our remarks, which are posted on MasTec's website under the Investors tab and through the webcast link. There's also a companion document with information and analytics on the quarter and a guide summary to assist in financial modeling.

Please read the forward-looking disclaimer contained in the slides accompanying this call. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. Because these statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K includes a detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences.

In today's remarks, we'll be discussing adjusted financial metrics reconciled in yesterday's press release and supporting schedules. We may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures in this conference call. A reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial measures not reconciled in these comments to the most comparable GAAP financial measures can be found in our earnings press release, slides or companion document.

I'll now turn the call over to Jose.

Thanks, Chris. Good morning, and welcome to MasTec's Fourth Quarter Earnings Call. First, some quarterly and full year highlights. Revenue for the quarter was just shy of $4 billion, a 16% year-over-year increase, bringing the full year to $14.3 billion, also a 16% increase for 2025 and a new record high. Adjusted EBITDA was $338 million in the fourth quarter, a 25% year-over-year increase, which was an acceleration from the 20% growth in the third quarter. We exceeded guidance with strong operating execution across the segments. Full year EBITDA of $1.15 billion was an increase of 14% from the prior year. Adjusted earnings per share was $2.07, a 44% increase versus $1.44 in the prior year quarter.

In summary, we exceeded guidance again in revenue, EBITDA and EPS, highlighting another strong execution quarter and year for MasTec. This strong result is in part a testament to the scale and diversification MasTec has achieved over time, and we are excited about our outlook for 2026 and beyond given the clear long-term positive market conditions across all of the end markets we serve. While I'm proud of our financial results, I'd like to highlight a few positive developments both in the fourth quarter and in early 2026.

First, it's important to highlight our significant backlog growth. On a full year basis, backlog was up over $4.5 billion, a 33% annual increase. Sequentially, backlog was up over $2 billion, representing a 1.6x book-to-bill. More importantly, we see our business and the opportunities in front of us accelerating. As impressive as the total number is to me, I'm more excited about the backlog mix. While every segment was up considerably year-over-year, our Pipeline segment saw backlog slightly dropped sequentially. Yet I would argue that our visibility in that segment is as good as it's ever been.

While we expect double-digit growth in 2026 in our Pipeline segment, we have been very vocal about our expected growth acceleration of that business in 2027 and beyond. Reaching and hopefully surpassing historical high revenues in that segment. That potential, coupled with the continued backlog growth across all of our non-pipeline segments, position MasTec for considerable long-term multiyear growth. Our long-term visibility is better than it's ever been. And coupled with the margin opportunities we have, MasTec is in a great position to deliver consistent long-term earnings growth.

I'm also pleased to report that included in our fourth quarter backlog growth, there is nearly $1 billion of data center-related work. These awards include the type of work we've been doing over recent years and also include our first construction management agreement of a turnkey site. While most of the work on that project, which started in the fourth quarter, will be subcontracted, the opportunity for MasTec will be our ability to self-perform a greater scope of work on future jobs.

Demand for both the skill set that MasTec has developed in construction management, coupled with the capabilities we have in civil, power, telecom and maintenance provides us the opportunity to exponentially grow this part of our business. We believe these opportunities are a result of our customer solution approach where we can provide a range of services from full-scale EPC to a specific function on any project.

In addition to our backlog growth, while we have focused heavily on organic growth over the last couple of years, our strong cash flow generation gives us the ability to allocate capital to further enhance our growth profile. Accordingly, I'd like to welcome the NV2A family to MasTec, which we acquired during the fourth quarter. NV2A is a construction management services firm whose principles we have known for decades. With the preeminent reputation for construction management of complex commercial projects and well known for its work on aviation and seaport projects. Prior to the acquisition, NV2A was our joint venture partner on our $600 million Miami airport expansion project, which is the first phase of an estimated $9 billion construction program. NV2A deepens our expertise in construction management capabilities as we grow this sector, including data centers and other mission-critical facilities.

During the first quarter of 2026, MasTec also acquired McKee Utility Contractors, a third-generation family business and leading water infrastructure service provider. We believe water infrastructure is another structurally growing theme and are very excited about both McKee's near- and long-term prospects. I'd like to welcome the McKee family to MasTec.

These deals complement and enhance our existing infrastructure capabilities and represent exactly the type of transactions that we target over time. Firms led by strong management teams who see the value in joining MasTec to scale their platform and enhance the solutions they can offer customers. We are excited to welcome our new partners to the MasTec family and expect them to hit the ground running and contribute to MasTec's near-term success.

Turning to some segment highlights. In our Communications segment, fourth quarter revenue increased 23% year-over-year and EBITDA increased 16%, all organic, bringing our full year growth rates for revenue and EBITDA to 32% and 41%. The telecommunications infrastructure market continues to evolve. With MasTec's customers pivoting rapidly with significant investments to support broadband delivery to enable enhanced artificial applications while still working actively to support residential and commercial customer demand for broadband access via wired fiber optic and wireless mobility delivery notes.

Fourth quarter revenue was solidly above plan, including contributions from multiple top customers with robust funding for infrastructure deployment nationally, including upside in both wireless and wireline construction. The margin rate for the quarter was moderately below our expectations due largely to ongoing start-up costs on certain programs. We are confident that the trajectory of profit rates will be positive in 2026, in part due to the maturity in new programs and initiatives during the coming year.

Turning to Power Delivery. Fourth quarter segment revenues increased 13% year-over-year and EBITDA grew by 9%, all organic. EBITDA margins were moderately below prior year at 8.2% versus 8.5% in the fourth quarter of 2024, which included mix headwinds from lack of storm-related revenue in '25 and lower-than-planned Greenlink project volumes due to permitting-related delays that persisted through year-end. Regardless, we are pleased with overall Power Delivery results for the full year of 2025, where we saw 16% top line growth and solid 12% EBITDA growth despite those headwinds. We have strong confidence in the Power Delivery market outlook and for our ability to deliver strong growth in 2026.

Fourth quarter backlog for Power Delivery increased an impressive 17% versus the prior year and 9% from the third quarter, ending the year at $5.6 billion, which is a new MasTec record and continues a positive trend of unbroken backlog increases in Power Delivery since the third quarter of 2023. Additionally, and probably most importantly, during the first quarter, we received the go-ahead to restart the portion of the Greenlink project that had been stalled by permitting delays. This restart is happening earlier than we anticipated and coupled with last quarter's announcement that our transmission and substation group was awarded its second largest project ever, it provides us great visibility and confidence in achieving strong double-digit organic growth in this segment.

Turning to our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment. Fourth quarter revenue and EBITDA were slightly ahead of our expectations in the quarter. For the full year, revenue growth was a strong 15% and EBITDA margins grew by 110 basis points to 7.4% versus 6.3% in the prior year. Total Clean Energy and Infrastructure backlog at year-end increased 30% sequentially to $6.5 billion, which is also a step change of 53% higher than the prior year and book-to-bill was 2.1x. For the Renewables group, we saw a 10th straight sequential increase in backlog, which increased by double digits in the fourth quarter.

Turning to our Pipeline Infrastructure segment. We saw revenue increase 50% year-over-year for the quarter as business volumes continued to ramp sequentially since the first quarter of 2025, including an uptick from third quarter's typically seasonally strong period. Also as expected, fourth quarter saw continued sequential margin improvement with an 18.5% margin, representing a 310 basis point lift from the third quarter on strong operating execution and overall positive business mix. Finishing the year strong, we have confidence that 2026 will see further increases in both volume and profit dollars, and we are really excited about the market opportunity in pipeline for years to come.

I said last quarter that I expect 2026 to be a solid growth year versus 2025, and our guidance includes this assumption. I remain even more excited, however, about the volume opportunities developing for 2027 based on current capacity planning discussions with our customers. With that, I'll reiterate that we are very pleased with both our fourth quarter and full year results, and we're excited about the outlook for this year given the breadth of demand drivers for MasTec's businesses.

While last year was successful overall, we remain committed to margin optimization on our existing business base, and our 2026 guidance reflects this. We assume double-digit margins in Communications this year, around 100 basis point improvement in both Power Delivery and Pipeline and fairly stable margins in Clean Energy and Infrastructure even with the inclusion of significant construction management volume in that segment this year. So further improvement in the core margins there as well. We're excited about the opportunity for MasTec and our investors over the coming years, and thank you for your continued interest and participation.

As always, our success as a company depends first on the commitment and dedication of our team. And I'd like to thank the entire MasTec team for their continued embrace to our corporate values of safety, environmental stewardship, integrity and honesty, and for their focus on serving our customers with integrity and diligence to ensure great results. We win together.

I will now turn the call over to Paul for our financial review.

Thank you, Jose, and good morning. As Jose mentioned, we are pleased with our strong fourth quarter results, driven by continued organic revenue strength and solid execution across our operating segments. Looking ahead, our customers are increasingly relying on MasTec's broad service offerings to meet their rapidly expanding infrastructure development goals, giving us high confidence in the growth trajectory that we are outlining today in guidance for 2026. What's really compelling for us now is that our customer growth and investment plans intersects across virtually all of MasTec's businesses, and this reinforces our positive outlook.

Now a few more notes on the fourth quarter and 2025 segment performance. Our Communications segment continued its trajectory of strong revenue growth in the fourth quarter, exceeding guidance by $139 million, with 23% year-over-year growth for Q4 and 32% for the full year. This was driven by broad-based strength across both wireless and wireline and included some contribution from middle-mile work that we expect to further develop positively into 2026 and beyond.

Fourth quarter EBITDA margin was 8.5%, a slight pullback from last year's 9% result, reflecting our prior comments on the short-term impact of ramping new business volume. We are confident that these investments mature they will translate to positive margin outcomes as reflected in our initial 2026 guidance with double-digit Communications margins. Despite ongoing growth this year, we are beginning to mature some of these new businesses that came on stream in 2025.

Fourth quarter Communications backlog totaled $5.5 billion, which is an 8% sequential increase and a notable 20% year-over-year increase. Clearly, growth visibility is strong and continues to improve. The telecommunications end market broadly has numerous demand drivers and our focus is on being selective with the opportunities we pursue to optimize returns. Success for MasTec is no longer a function of just volume sourcing, but increasingly a focus on growth management.

In that regard, as we grow our Communications service offerings, we are careful to nurture our legacy customer relationships while creating the space to serve new customers and new opportunities. This includes both residential and commercial end-user markets and making sure we are allocating resources efficiently.

Jose provided a good overview of our Power Delivery performance that I won't repeat, but I would add a couple of points. First, we see a clear path to margin expansion in 2026 and currently expect year-over-year margin expansion in each quarter. Our base utility and distribution business continues to perform well providing a solid foundation on which we can build operating leverage as volume grows. Second, our Power Delivery segment is contributing meaningfully to our support of data center infrastructure, working for utility clients, data center developers and hyperscalers on this front. We also expect Power Delivery to be a key beneficiary of our new role leading turnkey data center construction.

In the Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment, total Q4 revenue of $1.3 billion represented a 2% increase from the prior year, inclusive of solid double-digit growth in the Renewables business and slightly exceeded our segment guidance. Infrastructure and Industrial revenue was also in line with expectations, and we saw significant new business development for this group during the quarter to provide a very notable volume pivot for 2026.

On a full year basis, revenue for CE&I was $4.7 billion or a 15% year-over-year growth rate, including even stronger Renewables growth for the year. Fourth quarter CE&I EBITDA margin was in line with our expectations at 7.2% and but somewhat lower than 8.3% in the prior year, which benefited from favorable project closeouts in our Industrial business that were not repeated in 2025. Renewables margin was stable sequentially and up slightly year-over-year as expected at the high single-digit levels, while Industrial and Infrastructure also saw solid overall performance.

As Jose noted, CE&I saw a step function increase in backlog during the fourth quarter, reflecting significant contract signings across the segment. Infrastructure drove the 2.1x book-to-bill achieved in the quarter with multiple large project wins including the data center general contractor award discussed by Jose. These projects are expected to deliver substantial revenue contribution in 2026, also now factored into our guidance. The data center projects will be executed under our general buildings vertical, still within the CE&I segment, but we may refer to this group's results more specifically in the future.

Renewables also continued its impressive streak of backlog growth which now stands at over $3 billion for the 18-month period. Our visibility for Renewables project activity extends much further with projects under contract for work beyond the next 18 months or under limited notice to proceed totaling over $4 billion incremental to our backlog. Although acquired backlog contributed approximately $300 million to the year-end CE&I totals, organic book-to-bill was still an impressive 1.9x.

Regarding the Pipeline Infrastructure segment, fourth quarter revenue of $644 million represented our highest quarter in the past 2 years. We finished the year with $2.1 billion in total revenue for the segment, which was notably stronger than our initial guide of $1.8 billion as the business inflected positively earlier in the year. EBITDA for the quarter of $119 million was driven by strong overall execution and project mix. Fourth quarter EBITDA margin of 18.5% is indicative of the steady-state margins this segment is able to generate in an expansion cycle.

Regarding our overall progress with margins, we are pleased to have finished at a consolidated margin of 8% for 2025 with our non-pipeline segment generating margins of 8.2% versus 7.6% in 2024. As a reminder, full year 2025 margins reflected a slower start to the year, particularly in Pipeline as well as certain headwinds we noted in the back half, particularly with Power Delivery. We still accomplished a strong outcome last year and met our guidance objectives which we regard as a testament to our focus on execution and the strategic diversification and scale of MasTec. Everything doesn't have to go right in every period to deliver on our overall goals.

We have highlighted a midterm goal of double-digit consolidated EBITDA margins, and we are pleased that 2025 sets us up positively for further margin performance in 2026. As a side note, we are adding meaningful volumes from construction management contracts, including the new data center business we won in the fourth quarter. This business mix represents lower margin, but a high return on capital opportunity that we are very proud to execute. We also expect to subcontract many of the construction activities internally at margins comparable to work perform with external clients. We will work to provide some level of visibility into the margin progression of the base business from 2025 to the extent that our mix evolves materially going forward.

In addition to the margin expansion efforts over the past few years, we've highlighted our increased focus on return on invested capital and we are proud to see this metric meet our weighted average cost of capital hurdle for the first time since 2021. We believe the growth and margin expansion opportunities presented by our portfolio of service offerings, coupled with disciplined capital allocation, will continue to drive returns higher in the years ahead.

We generated cash flow from operations of $373 million in the fourth quarter and free cash flow of $306 million in the period, bringing the full year total to $546 million and $342 million, respectively. This was somewhat below guidance due primarily to our revenue beat for the quarter and associated working capital investment as well as higher capital expenditures also to support accelerated growth.

We ended the year with total liquidity of approximately $2.1 billion and net leverage of 1.7x, well within the terms of our financial policy and criteria to maintain our investment-grade credit ratings. We are pleased that our strong balance sheet provides us ample flexibility to pursue a disciplined return-focused capital allocation strategy. We plan to support our best-in-class organic growth opportunities, execute opportunistic and accretive acquisitions that complement our existing service lines, and deploy capital to share repurchases opportunistically as it has been our long-standing practice. We believe the recent M&A transactions are consistent with this approach and our multi-decade track record of solid M&A execution.

Moving to our 2026 guidance. Our supplemental guidance document for segment and other financial details is now posted to our IR website. For 2026 full year, we expect revenue of $17 billion or about 19% growth this year on top of the 16% growth produced in 2025. Notably, organic growth is still expected in the mid-teens. Our 2026 revenue profile includes strong results from all segments with meaningful growth in CE&I of around 35%, driven in part by the expansion of our data center work. Pipeline Infrastructure is expected to grow revenue by 17%, Power Delivery about 11%, and Communications just under double digits, coming off the approximately 30% organic growth achieved in 2025.

For adjusted EBITDA, we are forecasting $1.45 billion or an 8.5% margin, representing 26% year-over-year profit growth and 50 basis points of margin expansion on a consolidated basis. This reflects margins of low double digits for Communications, mid-teens for Pipeline Infrastructure, approaching double digits for Power Delivery and fairly steady margin in the high single digits for CE&I, with improving Renewables margin performance, offset by the higher percentage of construction management services. Adjusted EPS is forecast to be $8.40, an increase of almost 30% versus the $6.55 in 2025. Our guidance assumes acquisitions contribute approximately $500 million of revenue at high single-digit EBITDA margins for 2026.

Cash flow from operations is anticipated to exceed $1 billion for 2026, consistent with our stated target of 70% EBITDA conversion. We expect about $200 million of net cash capital expenditures for 2026 as we continue to procure additional equipment to support planned growth. Our 2026 first quarter outlook reflects the concerted efforts we've made to continue to improve Q1 performance, with revenue expected to grow by 22% and adjusted EBITDA margin of just over 7%, 130 basis points higher year-over-year. We currently expect sequential revenue growth from Q2 and Q3, followed by the typical seasonal revenue decline in the fourth quarter. Q2 and Q3 should be our highest adjusted EBITDA margin quarters for the year. This concludes our prepared remarks.

I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] And our first question will come from Julien Dumoulin-Smith of Jefferies.

It's Brian Russo on for Julien. I was just wondering if you could elaborate on the new language on Power Delivery segment approaching double-digit margins. What initiatives are ongoing to get there? Is it enhanced MSA or project work? Or is it just a contribution of these higher-margin transmission projects?

We'd be consistent that we think the goal for our Power Delivery segment is double-digit margins. So this is just a continued progress towards that. There's been a lot of focus on execution of the base business, which, as I mentioned, is performing well. And then we had some starts and stops last year that obviously caused some efficiency and erode some of the margin appreciation that's achievable. So we're not foreseeing those this year. We think the base business has continues to perform well. We think we'll get operating leverage as some of the larger projects begin to materialize in a more meaningful way. And we think it's the natural step towards our stated goal of consistent double-digit margins for the segment.

Okay. Great. And then just second on CE&I and the turnkey data center project. Could you elaborate? You mentioned $1 billion, but over what time frame and who's kind of the -- who is the customer? And is this kind of the first of many to come?

Yes, sure. So a couple of things. The $1 billion was not all the turnkey job. So we've been doing a lot of other data center work, right? So we've really focused on our civil power infrastructure businesses that have been doing data center work for years. So hundreds of millions of the $1 billion were related to that. Obviously, the turnkey site helped move that. We're not in a position to be able to disclose much details around the project or the customer. We expect that job to be concluded in 2027. So between '26 and '27, those revenues will be earned. And we do think it will -- as the job progresses, we think there's tremendous opportunity for us to continue to grow on that type of business, and we think the market for that right now is incredibly strong.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Andy Kaplowitz of Citi.

Jose, so it seems like you're still as or more confident regarding your Pipeline business, but Obviously, as you said, it's going to be more book and burn moving forward. So just did you see any delays in terms of project timing versus what you've been thinking? And then on the margin side given the second half '25 performance in Pipeline and the higher estimated revenue in '26, isn't mid-teens margins for '26 conservative, if the market kind of develops as you think?

Yes, I'll start with the second part of the question, right? I think we've always guided mid-teens in our Pipeline business. I think that's the appropriate level to come out with the guide. I think we've our objective is to beat that. I think historically, we've outperformed that. And hopefully, the opportunity is there to do it again.

As it relates to revenue with Pipeline, I'd argue that our visibility is actually improving. So to me, the number of opportunities the number of verbal awards, a number of negotiations that we're in the middle of, I think every quarter that passes, our confidence just grows in our ability to continue to grow that business and see a really much longer term of elevated levels than we probably initially expected.

That's helpful, Jose. And obviously, you're still putting up strong growth in Communications and expected to do so in '26. When you think about breaking down that growth between sort of traditional fiber-to-the-home, do you have anything in BEADs for '26? And how should we be thinking about that fiber to the data center opportunity or middle-mile broadband? Is that also getting to be bigger than you expected? And is that in '26 at all?

Short answer is yes, right? I think breaking it down, we don't have tons of BEADs built into '26. I think BEADs -- I think what we're seeing there is we're becoming more bullish on BEADs. I think BEADs is going to be much larger than we had originally anticipated, and the opportunity is going to be larger for us, but I think that will predominantly be '27. One of the opportunities that we have is that some of that stuff does push into '26. That could be very constructive to the business.

But look, we're seeing every one of our customers pursue multiple business strategies. Obviously, everything that's happening around data centers and connectivity to data centers is an important driver for that. We're getting our share of that, and we think that the market is growing substantially for that as well. So very broad-based, the opportunities. We had an incredible year of growth in 2025. We're assuming a more moderate growth profile in '26. But if -- we were surprised in Q4 with the level of activity, I think we significant-- I think revenues were about 20% higher than what we guided for Q4. So got a lot of good opportunity to outperform in '26.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Jamie Cook of Truist Securities.

Congratulations on multiple fronts. I guess two questions for you, Jose. The first question is just the visibility that you have beyond the 18-month backlog that you report. I'm just trying to understand how great that is and which segments do you have above-average visibility?

And then I guess my second question, I think on the call, you mentioned that you saw the Pipeline business being able to achieve or exceed prior peak, which I think was $3.5 billion. Under what time frame do you think that would be reasonable?

Sure. Thank you, Jamie, a couple of things. I'd say, maybe with the last part of the question first, we've talked about hitting historical highs in Pipeline revenue as early as 2027. So in the near term, again, we see that business shaping up incredibly well. When we think about backlog in general, right, I think Paul alluded in his prepared remarks about the $4 billion of notice to proceeds that we have in Renewables that aren't in backlog, right? So we actually have more in LNTPs than we do in actual backlog, which is a remarkable statistic.

And I think that visibility is amazing, right? I think even within stated backlog, we have projects. I think we won our largest project ever in the Renewables business at the end of last year. Only a portion of that project is in backlog, only the 18-month portion of it. When we think about Comms and what we're currently seeing in BEADs and the potential there, I think it's going to lead to significant backlog expansion as we think about '26 in Power Delivery, the level of transmission jobs that we're seeing and the demand for transmission is just off the charts, which I think is going to also lead to some pretty sizable increases in backlog as the year progresses.

So overall, when we look at all the segments, we're just really optimistic, again, not just about '26, but what the future holds.

Our next question will be coming from the line of Philip Shen of ROTH Capital Partners.

Congrats on the great results here. I wanted to talk about Greenlink and to get a little bit more color there. Jose, could you share like the relief that you got, was that all that you're looking for, meaning this project is a full go now? Or are there other milestones that we should be thinking about in terms of permitting relief or milestones in general?

Sure. So on Greenlink, in 2025, obviously, the first portion that we really started on ended up being delayed with permitting. Those permits have been fully cleared. So the beauty of that is we get to go back to work on that initial phase that we were supposed to start. It's a long-term job. So not all permits are in. So there are some permits for the lighter part of the jobs that still have to come in. I think the level of confidence around those, especially with clearing this issue has increased significantly. So we feel really good about the progress on that job, what we think needs to happen for us to ultimately complete that on time.

And I think this is just -- again, it happened a little bit earlier than we thought in the year. So we're excited about it. And I think it bodes really well for, again, not just '26, but how that job is going to set up for the next few years.

Great. Jose, and then back on the data center job. Of the $1 billion, how much do you think you guys self-perform versus outsource? And then just as a follow-up, how much more is there behind this? I know you may have touched upon this a little bit earlier, but do you think we could see more of these $1 billion general contractor jobs later this year? Or do you think we have to wait until next year?

Yes. So a couple of things. I'd say that, again, you take the $1 billion, you break it out between what we've historically done, which is a couple of hundred million. I would say all of that is self-perform, which is the work that we've been doing. When you look at the balance of that on this particular project, we were brought in kind of late where a lot of the -- the actual work functions had been selected with different contractors, so we kind of took them over. So our ability to self-perform on this first project was somewhat limited.

Again, we think one of the beauties of this is we think we've got a huge competitive advantage. And we're one of the very few contractors in the U.S. that has significant experience in construction management and civil and power and telecom and maintenance and all of the attributes that you need to make up a data center job. So I think that customers are beginning to see that. We're getting a lot of opportunities related to full turnkey work with the ability to self-perform, which really changes the margin profile of those jobs on a go-forward basis. I think we're going to responsibly grow into it. This is hopefully the first of many, and we do expect further wins in 2026.

Our next question will be coming from Sangita Jain of KeyBanc Capital Markets.

Can I ask a question on the large transmission project that you booked in the fourth quarter? Can you help us with some details on how long you think that project will take to burn? I know for Greenlink, the target was 4 years. I'm just trying to see if this is a similar duration or shorter?

Sangita, so it's a smaller project. It will be a shorter duration. It starts probably the second part of the summer in this year, and it will probably go for about 2 years.

Got it. Helpful. And then on a broader level, can I just ask about margins? Your revenue growth has obviously been very strong. I know margins are expanding, but they are kind of lagging your expectations. So I'm wondering if there's a structural barrier that prevents operating leverage from coming through? Is this labor productivity? Or I don't want to prejudge, I want -- but I would love some color from you.

Yes. Look, we've talked a lot about it during the year. I think one of the challenges, which I think is one of the positives as well, right, is that most of our growth in 2025 was organic. And when you grow organically, it takes a lot to open new offices to build, to grow your workforce base to invest in not just working capital, but in the equipment necessary to grow. So we think we've put up a mid-teens growth rate, both for '25 and even on an organic basis, what we expect in '26, even if you back out the acquisitions in '26, we're expecting mid-teens organic growth in our business.

Those create challenges. They create challenges to optimize margins in a particular period. I think as we get bigger, and we see some of those initial businesses start to mature, which we're already seeing, margins kind of take care of themselves. So we're very bullish about our ability to improve our margins in things like telecom, which quite frankly, again, we beat fourth quarter revenue by 20% versus our guidance, which is just again another remarkable number, but that slightly impacted margins negatively, right?

When we look at what happened in Power Delivery this year with some of the things that we were expecting to happen on Greenlink and didn't come through, and slightly impacted the margin capabilities we had in that business. But when you look at '26 guidance for both of those strong growth years from a margin perspective in both of those. Our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business, right? I think, is progressing incredibly well. We were up 110 basis points on a year-over-year basis from '24 to '25. If you take the base business, we're expecting further margin gains in '26, but it's offset by some of the construction management and data centers.

And then when you look at Pipeline, right, it's all a function of size and how we're going to build up to where we think we can get to. If you take just Pipeline growth, if we get back to historical highs in revenues, quite frankly, it almost -- because of the mix, it almost takes us to double digits as a total company. Now total company margins on the longer term are going to be somewhat dependent on mix, are going to be somewhat dependent on how much we grow certain portions of our business and where they land. And we're paying a lot of attention to that, right? And we're really trying to maximize the returns on our investment and our ability to execute at a high level.

But look, we're -- as happy and as excited we are about the revenue growth story, we are super focused on the margin improvements across the company. And I think we've got real potential. I think we've got real potential to significantly impact those. And I think that creates as much, if not more value than the revenue growth that we're going to have.

Our next question will be coming from the line of Steven Fisher of UBS.

Congrats on a successful 2025. And just a follow-up on Sangita's question there, but keep it more specifically focused to the Communications segment. Could you just give a little bit more detail on the better margin expectations you have there? I know you mentioned about certain elements of the business that are maturing. Can you talk about which aspects of the Comms opportunities are seeing that maturing? Is that overpull work? Or is it the BEAD work? Or I guess you say, you don't have a lot in there. But what are the key initiatives that you're talking about that could really help margins? And what are you doing with the hiring in the Comms business? Because it seems like maybe some of the absorption there is maybe a bit of a drag.

Yes, Steve, I would push back a little bit, right? Because I would say if we look at Comms in 2025, the business was up on a full year basis, we were up 32% in revenue organically. The most mature business in MasTec, the longest business in MasTec was up 32% organically in revenue in 2025, and margins improved 60 basis points year-over-year, on 32% growth. Now yes, we would have liked to have seen margins improve more. There's no question about it, but we still saw improvement. When you look at '26 guidance versus where we ended up in '25, we've got just shy of 100 basis point improvement in that business yet again on what will be strong growth.

So I'd argue that we've done a really good job of managing the growth and improving margins along the way. But this is where we've made significant investment, opened new offices, and it takes time for some of those businesses to mature. We're starting to see the maturity of those businesses. We're starting to see the improvement of those margins, which is why on a year-over-year basis, margins improved 60 basis points. Yes, fourth quarter was a little lighter than we expected. But again, we beat revenue expectations there by 20% versus what we guided.

So I think we're well on our way. I think the business mix is perfect. I think we've got, again, tremendous opportunities for -- I think -- and by the way, we talked about BEADs being a huge opportunity going forward. I think we see that in '27. I think we have yet another really, really strong growth year in '27, probably much stronger than '26 because of what's going to happen in BEADs. But we're super focused on margin appreciation there. I think we delivered some of that in '25, and we'll deliver more of that in '26.

Okay. That's fair. And then just in terms of the overall 2026 plan and how it's covered in backlog, obviously, you had some really good backlog growth here. Just curious how well covered do you think on your 2026 plan. You are covered at the moment. Where do you think you still need to see more bookings? I know we've talked about in the Pipeline business, it's sort of closer to the burn when you book it. But just kind of what still has to happen to kind of deliver the plan?

I mean when we look back for the last as far back as I can remember, I don't think we've ever been in a better position going into a year based on revenue guidance versus where we stand with backlog. So I would argue that this is -- I'm not going to use the word conservative, but I think this is one of the best big plans that we've got relative to what our revenue expectations are with what we currently have in hand.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Justin Hauke of Baird.

Great. I've got one more on the margin questions. I guess, just to add to the mix. But overall, you're calling for 50 basis points of margin expansion. I guess I was just curious, I mean, you're going to tell me all your segments are going to see expansion this year. But is there anything in particular, mix-wise, I would say, some higher and some lower, given the moving pieces, maybe the construction management stuff on the data center work that you said is lower margin. Just anything to kind of help think about the trajectory in '26 at the segments?

Yes. So again, I mean, we expect Comms and Power Delivery to be up on a year-over-year basis. From a margin, I think we've been very specific as to what the opportunities are in '25 versus -- or '26 versus what it was in '25. The Pipeline business is obviously growing. Again, we have a step change function there in '27 from a revenue perspective. So while margins will be good in '25, they won't be optimal because we're making a lot of investments -- or I'm sorry, in '26 as we'll be making a lot of investments into what's coming in '27. So that's kind of why we've guided to where we've guided.

And then when we think about Clean Energy and Infrastructure, I mean we're not -- that's probably the one business where we're not calling out margin appreciation on a year-over-year basis, it's more flattish. While the base business is improving, the construction management business will be a drag on that relative to the total margins of the segment. So I think keeping margins there flattish is a good story with the opportunity of further growing our self-perform opportunities around that new business and then enhancing margins through that. So I think that's how '26 is going to shake out.

Perfect. No, that's helpful. My second one is a pretty easy one here, but I just want to clarify, in the guidance, there's a big uptick in the non-controlling interest. I assume that's the water, wastewater acquisition you did post quarter, but I just wanted to clarify that there wasn't anything else that was driving that?

That's the change for '26, yes.

Our next question will be coming from Ati Modak of Goldman Sachs.

Jose, can you talk about the vision you have with these acquisitions, the NV2A, how that integrates into the data center market? And then the decision to step into water infrastructure, what's your vision with that with -- how big is it today? How big could it get? And should we expect you to remain acquisitive in these areas?

Yes. So let's start with NV2A. Obviously, well known to us. They were our partner on a big project we currently have. It was an opportunity that presented itself where one of the partners was interested in selling and that started a dialogue where we ended up deciding to acquire the entire business. Tremendous opportunities on the current projects we have with the relative size of what those projects will be in the future. That in and of itself made an enormous amount of sense for us to pursue those acquisitions.

And then I think as that develops, obviously, some of these other construction management opportunities presented themselves, and we think they have incredible depth and strength and bring a lot to the table that are going to help us there as well. So we think fundamentally, just based on their base and historical business, it was a great deal. And when you look at all the compliments that we get in addition to that, we think it's going to be a fantastic deal for MasTec.

On the water side, look, we think water is a theme that's going to grow like crazy. I think we're going to have all kinds of issues this year with some of the snow patterns and where they fell and where there's going to be a lot of markets that are going to have water issues. A lot of what we're seeing around data centers across the country are demanding more water use, which is forcing municipalities to rethink about how they're providing water and the revenue opportunity for them to provide water into new projects.

When we look at their business, they've had tremendous growth. But quite frankly, when you look at their outlook and the opportunities that they're chasing, it's just their growth potential is probably as good or better than anything else we have in all of MasTec. And we're going to support them and help them achieve that, and we're super excited. We think that it's a great management team that's built a great company, and we're really looking forward to supporting them. I think that as, again, we think it's a great theme as the theme develops, as we get a better understanding of that market, I think there's going to be a lot more opportunities there to grow off of.

Very helpful, Jose. And then what would you highlight in terms of the expectations we should have with the Investor Day in May?

Look, we're excited to do it. We haven't done one in a really long time. I think we're going to talk a lot more about longer-term outlooks, maybe longer-term targets relative to what we do on these calls. So we're excited to do that. You're going to get an opportunity to meet a significant portion of our management team and really understand how we're thinking about the mid and long term as a business.

And our next question will be coming from Manish Somaiya of Cantor Fitzgerald.

Jose, first question for you. You gave us your margin outlook for '26. And I was wondering when you look at your daily, weekly dashboard, what are some of the things that you're looking at by segment to ensure that everything is on track?

Yes. Look, at the end of the day, our business isn't that complicated, right? Everything starts at a field level. It starts with the widget that's getting installed. And our ability to enhance the productivity of those widgets is what really changes profitability as an entity. So how we measure and how we incent at that level is the most important thing that we do as a company. I think Paul has talked a lot about a lot of the technological advancements that we're trying to make to further provide better information, more real-time information, which I think makes a big difference.

But that's our team's focus every single day. And I think that, again, we've got a lot of balls in the air. We're growing very rapidly from a top line perspective, but we can't take our eye off what makes us money each and every single day. And I think our team is doing a great job of being focused on that and are really trying to improve that on a day-to-day basis.

Second question for you and Paul. Paul, maybe if you can just help us bridge the operating cash flow from '25 to '26. And then Jose, obviously, you're guiding to leverage in the low 1s. How should we think about capital allocation between obviously, tuck-in acquisitions as well as share buybacks and other sort of initiatives you might have?

Yes. So on the operating cash flow question, Manish, it's really just going to follow the cadence of revenue growth. And we expect to have, as I mentioned, sequential growth in Q2 and Q3, followed by a falloff in Q4. We're not assuming any major change in DSO from year-end at 65 days for '25. And so it's just the expectation around working capital investment relative to the revenue generation and the year-over-year impact really from Q4 '25 to Q4 '26 is a big piece of that.

So there's not a major change in our expectations from where we finished the year. It's just about timing of current expectations of revenue timing that drives the $1 billion of cash flow from operations. And again, it's consistent with what we stated that for a long time is that we think we can do 70% EBITDA conversion to operating cash flow consistently. This year, the growth and the timing of the growth, put a little bit of headwind on that, and we think it normalizes in '26.

Yes. And maybe to the second part of the question, I'd say, look, first and foremost, we're focused on taking advantage of the organic growth opportunities in front of us and investing in those. I think that when we think about really adding to the platform of MasTec and bringing in partners, there's tremendous opportunity, right? I think there's so much demand in our industry today that our ability to meet it enhances with looking at M&A, and I think we're going to continue to do that.

I think we took a period of a couple of years post some very large acquisitions for us in INTREN, Henkels & McCoy and IEA, where a lot of our focus was consumed on the integration of those acquisitions. I think that's well past us. I think we've demonstrated that. And I think that we're in a position today where we can take that on and really make that additive to MasTec. So if anything, I think you'll see us be more acquisitive rather than less and for sure, more than the last couple of years, it's been part of our story since inception and something that you'll probably see us do more regularly than you have in the last couple of years.

Any specific segment, Jose, as far as tuck-ins?

Yes. Look, there's -- again, I think there's areas of every segment that we're in that we think makes sense for us. So it's measuring the opportunity, quite frankly, versus being opportunistic in those. So the values are also high, right? People's expectations of values have increased significantly. So finding the right balance between those two is what we're going to try to achieve at MasTec.

Next question will be coming from Joseph Osha of Goldman Sachs -- I'm sorry, Guggenheim Partners.

Hello, can you hear me?

Yes, we can hear you.

Two questions. Following a little bit on some previous one, looking at the data center opportunity in particular. I'm wondering if there are any particular skill sets or capabilities you feel like you might want to fill in. And then looking at Communications, there's been some wireless infrastructure rip and replace in that segment in the past. I'm wondering how much of that is there going forward or whether we're mostly looking at FTTH and obviously BEAD in '27?

Yes. So a couple of things. On the data center side, obviously, we don't have the functions today to self-perform everything. But I think that we have the ability to self-perform a lot more than most, which I think, again, gives us a tremendous advantage. To the extent that the opportunity is there to consider doing more there we would. On the wireless side, I think we're in the midst of that rip and replace for our large customer. I think we're going to see a lot more deployment starting in '27 relative to new spectrum, which is going to help that industry considerably. So we're still as excited about wireless as we've always been.

And our next question will be coming from Brian Brophy of Stifel.

I guess I'll just go with a quick one. CapEx is notably lower than a year ago. Can you talk about the drivers there? The '26 expectation, excuse me, is notably lower than a year ago.

Yes. I mean I think it's just a function of where the growth is coming from. We talked about investing a lot in pipeline ahead of the cycle. A lot of the jobs we're working on right now kicked off in the back half of '25, and we're procuring equipment related to those. Our Clean Energy segment, where we're seeing the highest growth in 2026 is the least capital intensive. So some of it is just a function of that. We're obviously prepared to continue to invest. That's our view today. And to the extent that project needs or demand opportunities that require more CapEx, we've got the flexibility to do it.

Next question will be coming from the line of Mark Strouse of JPMorgan.

Maybe just on that last point on Renewables. Clearly, you're seeing very strong growth. Just curious, can you talk about your market share, your win rates? Is this a function of kind of just the number of opportunities increasing? Or do you think kind of a function of projects getting bigger and more complex that you're taking share as well?

I think it's a little bit all of the above. Again, coming off of the IEA acquisition, we took a lot of time to really focus our efforts around going after customers that we thought we could build meaningful relationships with that would matter over time. And I think we've done that. We've got alliance agreements now with what we think are some of the best developers in the business that have long-term plans that are very solid, and our ability to have integrated within their systems and really build an expectation of both our labor and their work over a long period of time gives us tremendous visibility. So I think that's helped us, right? I think today, we're a top-tier contractor for both wind and solar. And we're very bullish about the long term of that business.

Obviously, at times, it becomes very political. We think there's tremendous visibility through 2030. And we think that when we're -- as we see the prices and what some of the new generation is pricing out, we actually think that Renewables are going to be competitive on a price basis long after 2030. So we think it's a great market. We think it's a market that's got tremendous potential. And again, as Paul alluded to earlier, we've got a ton of what we would call shadow backlog, which is backlog, we know we're going to convert. So we actually think backlog in that business could increase in '26.

And our next question will be coming from the line of Liam Burke of B. Riley Securities.

Jose, your projects have become larger and more complex. Are you seeing less competition and better more favorable terms as you renegotiate or enter into some project agreements?

Well, I think the whole industry is, right? I think customers understand the challenges that they face relative to labor. I think, obviously, we've always said we think terms improve before pricing does, and I think we've seen terms improve considerably over the last few years. And I expect that to continue. And as we're all dealing with the demand, I think pricing is also getting better. So I think we're in a good place as an industry.

Great. And really quickly, you highlighted middle-mile activity in the telecom segment. Is that data center driven? Or is that -- what is driving that activity?

Yes. Look, I think our customers are looking to grow. Our customers are looking for all the opportunities in front of them. So some of it is data center driven, some of it is onshoring driven. There's lots of demand for connectivity. And to the extent that our customers win that demand, it requires large infrastructure build-outs for them, and that's kind of what we're talking about.

And our last question will be coming from Maheep Mandloi of Mizuho.

Congratulations on the quarter here. Maybe just two quick ones. First, just on Communications, is there any way to kind of dissect how much of that would be exposed to office buildings or commercial customers? And secondly, on M&A, you kind of laid out pretty well on previous questions here, but just curious if you have any thoughts on building some of the equipment yourself, which might be in tight supply in the market again?

Yes. So relative to office buildings and commercial buildings, obviously, those are customers of our customers. So I think we're not -- I don't think that's been a key driver of the business. I don't think there's been large expansions of either of those in the country over the last couple of years. But obviously, connectivity is important for everybody. And to the extent that anybody needs connectivity, it's a potential customer for our customers. From an M&A perspective, look, we haven't looked at getting into manufacturing. We think our business has been strong. We have really strong demand and really good partners that can support us in that. So we haven't seen the need to do that.

And I would now like to turn the conference back to Chris Mecray for closing remarks.

All right. Thank you, everybody. That concludes today's call. Thanks for participating. And as a reminder, please visit our Investor Relations website for a replay and transcript which will be posted when available. Have a great day.

And this concludes today's program. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.

Hello, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to MasTec's Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]

I would now like to hand the conference over to Chris Mecray. You may begin.

Good morning, and thank you for joining us for MasTec's Third Quarter 2025 Financial Results Conference Call. Joining me today are Jose Mas, Chief Executive Officer; and Paul Dimarco, Chief Financial Officer. We have prepared slides to supplement our remarks, which are posted on MasTec's website under the Investors tab and to the webcast link. There's also a companion document with information and analytics on the quarter and a guidance summary to assist in financial modeling.

Please read the forward-looking statement disclaimer contained in the slides accompanying this call. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements regarding our plans and expectations about the future as of the date of this call. Because these statements are based on current assumptions and factors that involve risks and uncertainties, our actual performance and results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Our Form 10-K, as updated by current and periodic reports, includes a detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that may cause such differences.

In today's remarks, we'll be discussing adjusted financial metrics reconciled in yesterday's press release and supporting schedules. We may also use certain non-GAAP financial measures in this conference call. A reconciliation of any non-GAAP financial measures not reconciled in these comments to the most comparable GAAP financial measures can be found in our earnings press release, slides or companion documents.

I'll now turn the call over to Jose.

Thanks, Chris. Good morning, and welcome to MasTec's 2025 Third Quarter Call. First, some third quarter highlights. Revenue for the quarter was just shy of $4 billion, a 22% year-over-year increase. Adjusted EBITDA was $374 million, a 20% year-over-year increase, and this growth performance was the highest level since the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted earnings per share was $2.48, ahead of consensus by nearly $0.20. And despite a revenue record quarter, backlog at quarter end was $16.8 billion, a roughly $325 million sequential increase, with every segment delivering backlog growth.

In summary, we exceeded guidance across each of our revenue, EBITDA and EPS metrics, representing a strong period of execution for MasTec. This strong result is, in part, a testament to the scale and diversification we have achieved for MasTec over time, and we are excited about our outlook for the balance of the year and beyond, given clearly positive market conditions across all end markets we serve.

I'd like to point out some further highlights about our quarter. Our Communication segment grew revenues 33% year-over-year. And EBITDA increased 38%, all organic. And EBITDA margins for the segment improved 40 basis points compared to last year's third quarter. Our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment grew revenue by 20% year-over-year, and EBITDA improved 36%, virtually all organic. EBITDA margins for the segment improved 100 basis points compared to last year.

Our Power Delivery segment grew revenue 17% year-over-year, and EBITDA increased 21%, all organic. EBITDA margins for the segment improved 30 basis points compared to last year despite a difficult year-over-year storm emergency response comparison that tends to be very profitable. These 3 segments make up our nonpipeline segments, which grew revenues by 22% for the third quarter compared to last year, EBITDA by 31% and achieved a 60 basis point improvement in EBITDA margins, again, virtually all organic. We highlight this because of the significant investments we've made to diversify our business and position us to participate and benefit from the changing landscape of both power generation and delivery. Our solid execution across these segments, coupled with the expectations of significantly improved pipeline market as natural gas plays a much larger role in future energy generation, position MasTec for continued growth and strong financial performance.

MasTec's total backlog remained very healthy in the third quarter, reaching another record level despite significantly increased volumes burn experienced during the period. Third quarter backlog increased 21% year-over-year and was up slightly sequentially with a book-to-bill ratio of 1.1x. While the sequential backlog included a solid 8% increase from our Pipeline segment, our visibility in that segment is considerably better than backlog suggests. We continue to expect further backlog growth in the current quarter and to end the year at another record level.

Turning to some segment highlights. In our Communications segment, the telecom infrastructure market remains dynamic. Our customers are making significant and growing capital investments to support broadband delivery across the country to replace older cable delivery systems, and more recently, to enable enhanced artificial intelligence applications. Third quarter revenue easily exceeded our planned contribution from nearly all of our top 10 customers, with higher capital spend seen in multiple regions across wireless and wireline construction, resulting in an impressive 33% growth rate versus prior year in the quarter.

As expected, margins reached double digits and increased 140 basis points sequentially as well as 40 basis points versus the prior year. Still, the 11.3% EBITDA margin leaves room for improvement as investment requirements for growth moderate. We believe we continue to have significant margin opportunities looking forward.

MasTec's wireless business continues to see solid growth from both geographic expansion and providing new and broader services to existing customers. On the wireline side, demand strength continues to be supported by substantial broadband infrastructure build-out by legacy telecom players, cable operators, as well as newer entrant fiber overbuilders. This race to connect consumers to broadband fiber continues, and we are well positioned to execute deployment nationally. Further, middle mile broadband build-outs have emerged as an additional growth driver for years to come, and hyperscaler CapEx associated with the data center build-out is contributing to this additional growth for fiber deployment. Our contract with Lumen, which has begun to ramp up in recent months, is anticipated to drive solid and visible growth for our business in 2026.

Turning to Power Delivery. While third quarter financials were solid, profit and margin year-over-year comparisons were impacted in the period by a lack of storm-related restoration services against a more normal comparison in the prior year, as well as lower than planned volume from our Greenlink project due to permitting related delays, as has been reported in the press in recent weeks. We have factored both changes into our full year outlook as well. Despite these challenges, we expect our Power Delivery segment to achieve double-digit growth in both revenues and EBITDA for full year 2025.

Further, our bullish stance on overall grid investment demand remains undiminished, and feedback around load growth and capital spend projections by our power delivery customer remains very positive. Implied requirements for grid investments in the coming years are substantial. We see ongoing growth of anticipated power demand, set against an aging infrastructure that does not meet either the capacity or the physical location of the sources of incremental supply and demand. We continue to expect large CapEx commitments across transmission, substation, distribution as well as new generation capacity.

Third quarter backlog for Power Delivery increased 11% versus the prior year quarter and increased slightly from second quarter despite an increased burn rate. Post quarter end, I'm pleased to announce that our transmission and substation group within our Power Delivery segment was awarded its second largest project ever, trailing only Greenlink project in size. We expect the project to start in mid-2026 and to be added to backlog by year-end. We will discuss this project in more detail on our year-end call.

Turning to our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment. While adjusted EBITDA increased 36% year-over-year, I'd also like to highlight that we have more than doubled our EBITDA from the segment versus the first quarter, demonstrating the considerable progress we've made during 2025. Renewables demand remained very healthy in the period, and we were pleased with execution for the business, which saw significant growth both year-over-year and sequentially, while meeting our margin target of high single-digit, consistent with the prior quarter and improved from the prior year as we continue to benefit from enhanced focus on execution and working closely with our trusted partners.

Our Industrial and Infrastructure business continue to show collective growth, with execution on key projects showing results and reflected in strong margin outcomes. We are excited about future growth here from both ongoing transportation and other infrastructure opportunities and from substantial growth potential related to data center build-outs, including both civil work as well as behind-the-meter power infrastructure.

Overall, backlog for Clean Energy and Infrastructure of $5 billion increased 21% from the prior year and 2% sequentially with a book-to-bill of 1.1x. This included a 9 straight sequential increase in renewables backlog. It's important to note that reported backlog is only estimated 18-month backlog. A number of our recent wins have been for projects with late 2026 starts, where only a portion of the estimated revenue is included in backlog. While our renewable growth will be driven mostly by solar, we've been very successful in securing wind projects for 2026 and beyond. We believe we are well positioned to current backlog levels for strong continued growth in this segment.

Turning to our Pipeline Infrastructure segment. We saw revenues increase 20% year-over-year as we returned to growth after lapping the challenging comparisons of the wind down of the MVP project. The third quarter represented the best margin performance for the year for our Pipeline segment. While still down from the previous year, we expect continued margin improvements and expect our fourth quarter to be the highest margin quarter of the year in this segment, setting us up very well as we enter 2026. This margin improvement, coupled with expected revenue growth creates significant opportunities for earnings growth in 2026 and beyond.

Total pipeline backlog increased 8% sequentially to $1.6 billion and more than doubled from the same period a year ago. We added more than $600 million of new bookings in the period and saw a book-to-bill ratio of 1.2x despite the higher level of burn. Third quarter backlog saw the inclusion of our activity on the Hugh Brinson project, which actually started in the third quarter. We don't normally call out specific projects on our calls, but this project is a good example of how pipeline work is being awarded today. While rumors of our involvement in this project started in the first quarter, we received final signed contract documents just this quarter and physically started work shortly thereafter.

I say all this to highlight that while backlog is an important metric in this segment, our visibility into future work is far greater than just backlog. There are a number of projects that we will build starting in 2026 where final contract documents may not be completed and thus not reported in our backlog until close to project kickoff as all variables get included in final contractual documents.

We remain optimistic and confident in both the short- and long-term growth outlook for our Pipeline segment. Gas-fired generation will be a critical source of incremental baseload power generation for decades to come. And our customers are getting ahead of the process to supply this important demand source while also meeting the needs of near-term LNG export demand growth and continued demand at the consumer level to replace fuel oil and other sources.

In summary, we are pleased with our third quarter results and maintain strong confidence in expected growth based on drivers and powerful demand drivers across each of our businesses. In addition, we are continuously looking for ways to optimize our operating model to generate the best possible margin outcome, and we see multiple levers to achieve better margins as we look ahead. We remain very excited about the opportunity for MasTec and our investors over the coming years.

As always, our enthusiasm for the outlook is grounded in execution and in the hard work of every person on the MasTec team. I'd like to thank all of our people for their continued commitment to our corporate values of safety, environmental stewardship, integrity and honesty, all while serving our customers diligently and ensuring the delivery of a great work product. Thank you, all.

I will now turn the call over to Paul for our financial review. Paul?

Thank you, Jose, and good morning. As Jose mentioned, we are pleased with our strong third quarter results driven by continued sequential volume improvement and solid execution across our operating segments. Looking ahead, our customers continue to highlight a growing need for MasTec's broad service offerings to meet their infrastructure development goals, giving us high confidence in the growth trajectory of our business across all 4 operating segments. Infrastructure investment needs across communications, energy and power sectors, as well as civil and commercial infrastructure remain in the strongest position we can recall and reinforces our positive outlook for years to come.

Now looking at our third quarter segment performance. Our Communications segment continues to produce substantial and robust growth, with revenue of $915 million topping our forecast notably in the third quarter, generating 33% year-over-year growth. The business remains well positioned to leverage strong demand for both our wireless and wireline service offerings, including an increasingly diverse customer set seeking to deliver broadband telecom infrastructure to both residential and commercial end users. Third quarter EBITDA margin was 11.3%, an increase of 40 basis points versus 10.9% in the prior year and a notable 140 basis point increase from the second quarter. We've reduced our full year margin guidance slightly to reflect the investments made to support our strong organic growth rates. The overall telecommunications end market and our visibility remains strong, with third quarter backlog totaling $5.1 billion, a small increase sequentially despite the record quarterly revenue in the period.

MasTec's Power Delivery segment also continues to post significant growth, with a 70% increase in third quarter following a similar year-on-year growth rate in Q2. We continue to see strong growth opportunities across the country through our diverse service offerings that enable our customers to invest in upgrades and new capacity across the U.S. power grid. Our updated guidance does reflect a lower level of activity than previously expected on Greenlink in the fourth quarter as our customer works through isolated delays due to permitting. We are actively constructing other components of the project, and we expect that to continue.

EBITDA margin of 9.4% for the third quarter increased 30 basis points from the prior year and 70 basis points sequentially, but fell below our low double-digit forecast for the period. While an encouraging result in most respects, the outcome was impacted by project mix versus our forecast. We continue to expect improvement in the margin performance of our base business over time through continued strong execution, operating leverage and project mix.

In our Clean Energy and Infrastructure segment, total revenue for Q3 of $1.4 billion represented a strong 20% increase from the prior year and a similar 21% increase sequentially as our renewables business ramp continued as planned. Overall segment revenue was about in line with our third quarter target, with renewables meeting forecast while growing almost 50% year-over-year on record demand for new renewable power installations. Third quarter CE&I EBITDA increased 36% year-over-year, significantly outpacing the revenue increase as margins in this segment increased 100 basis points to 8.5% as well as 110 basis points sequentially.

Renewables margin was stable sequentially as expected at solid single-digit levels -- high single-digit levels, while we captured anticipated operating leverage across industrial and infrastructure from higher volume and strong operating execution. CE&I backlog, which totaled just over $5 billion, benefited from solid new bookings across all business verticals, contributing to a 21% increase from the prior year third quarter and a 2% sequential increase. We have substantial renewables backlog in place now to support a strong 2026 outlook, which we expect to show solid growth versus 2025. Our Industrial and Infrastructure business are also well positioned to continue to win work in the balance of the year to support a higher backlog at year-end and ongoing volume growth into 2026.

Turning to Pipeline Infrastructure. Third quarter revenue of $598 million was an impressive growth rate of 20% from prior year and an 11% increase sequentially as the business ramps from volume lows seen in the first quarter. The pickup is inclusive of a broad-based increase in gas pipeline work nationally, though the beat versus plan of over $20 million was led by New York ramping -- new work ramping in the Southern regions. EBITDA for the quarter of $92 million with a 15.4% margin met guidance of mid-teens for the segment. The comparison to the prior year on a margin basis remains challenged by the current ramp of new work versus the prior year outcome, positively impacted by project closeouts.

Pipeline backlog of approximately $1.6 billion increased 8% sequentially and 124% from the prior year, with new awards totaling over $600 million in the quarter, offset in part by increased burn rates. We again saw diverse project awards, including the large job, as I mentioned, as well as a number of smaller midstream project wins in the period. As Jose noted, we're pleased with the overall strong demand set and opportunity pipeline and other -- sorry, in the pipeline and have received significant verbal awards that we expect to convert to backlog in the coming periods as we get closer to construction start dates, usually within 30 days of mobilization. As a result, the impact of new awards to our pipeline backlog may be less pronounced than in other segments. Our excitement for this oncoming investment cycle continues to accelerate, and we foresee solid growth in our Pipeline segment for 2026 and beyond.

Regarding our overall progress on margin expansion, we are pleased with the consolidated result of 9.4% in the third quarter, which was a really strong 160 basis point improvement from 7.8% in the second quarter and a fairly dramatic lift from the starting point of 5.7% in Q1. The margin progression we have now recorded comes from our continued focus on operating productivity and cost management, as well as solid operating leverage as our volume has increased. We have noted an expectation of a full year double-digit margin as our midterm objective, so we still have some work to get there. Our third quarter results, while improved, were generated by project mix and productivity that is, as of yet, still not fully optimized. The bottom line is we continue to expect annual positive margin progression, which will continue to be a primary focus for MasTec.

Regarding our updated consolidated guidance, our supplemental guidance document per segment and other financial guidance details is now posted to the IR website. We are increasing 2025 full year revenue guidance to $14.75 billion with adjusted EBITDA of $1.135 billion, slightly above the low end of our previous guidance. Our revised outlook reflects higher than previously anticipated levels of Communications and Pipeline activity, offset by lower Power Delivery revenue than previously expected, due in part to timing of activity on Greenlink in Q4 as our customer works through the isolated permit delays. Adjusted EPS is forecasted to be $6.40, up 62% versus 2024.

We generated cash flow from operations of $89 million in the third quarter and free cash flow of $36 million, slightly below our expectations. Our strong sequential revenue growth and associated higher working capital investment as well as higher capital expenditures to accelerate growth impacted these results. We continue to expect $700 million to $750 million of cash flow from operations for 2025, assuming DSOs average around the mid-60s for the year.

We ended the quarter with total liquidity of approximately $2 billion and net leverage of 1.95x, and we expect further leverage improvement by year-end given earnings and cash flow expectations. As I noted last quarter, our strong balance sheet provides us significant financial flexibility to pursue a disciplined, return-focused capital allocation strategy. Our top priority remains supporting our robust organic growth opportunities through investments in equipment and capacity expansion, where we see compelling returns. We will also continue to evaluate opportunistic accretive acquisitions that complement our existing service lines, consistent with our long-standing approach. In addition, we maintain a share repurchase authorization and will deploy capital to buybacks opportunistically.

This concludes our prepared remarks. I'll now turn the call over to the operator for Q&A.

[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Ati Modak with Goldman Sachs.

I guess, Jose, on the pipeline backlog, curious if you're able to directionally guide to the level of revenue that these projects and ongoing conversations could lead to for '26? And maybe you can give us a sense of what that backlog growth looks like in the near term given all these conversations?

One of the reasons we really tried to highlight a specific project on today's call was to kind of talk about the change that we're seeing in how pipeline work is being awarded. I remember years ago, when we would have these calls, we would talk a lot about book and burn. And the reality is that the business, the way it is today, it's almost returning to that level. We've got commitments from customers on specific jobs. They want to leave the books open to kind of get all the details of the project done by the time they sign a contract. We're, quite frankly, ready to start construction, which is very favorable from a risk profile perspective. Where it doesn't work because it doesn't give the Street great visibility into our backlog.

But conversely, we do have that visibility, right? So when we talked about the strength of our pipeline market, we're more optimistic today than we've been on our last call. We talked about reaching or exceeding historical high levels of revenue. I can tell you today, we're more confident about our ability to achieve that now than we were then. It's not for '26. This is not a '26 story. I think we'll grow the business double digits in '26, but really, the growth is going to be substantial in '27 and beyond from what we're seeing from the projects that have been committed to us, and it's extremely exciting.

Again, from a margin perspective, it's a business that we struggled with on a year-over-year comparison this year because of the closeout of MVP and the lower revenue levels. We're going to see that business get back to a strong margin profile in Q4. It obviously had significant improvements in Q3 at 15.4%. We expect to do a lot better than that in the fourth quarter. And that bodes really well, entering '26 and beyond. So we're excited about our margin potential in the business, and we're more excited about the revenue opportunities for beyond '26 and into '26. So exciting times.

And then I know you gave the color on the capital allocation strategy. So I guess on the organic growth side, can you remind us what the CapEx level should be on a run rate basis as we consider the opportunities out there? And then also on M&A, I mean, I know you've spoken about a third transmission line capability down the road and need for M&A around that. But curious if given what's going on in the market, you would look at something on gas power generation as well?

This is Paul. I'll start with the CapEx question. So in the near term, with the outlook we have for Pipeline, which is our most capital-intensive end market, you can expect CapEx to run in front of depreciation a little bit, right? So depreciation is running about $300 million right now. You should expect it to be north of that, probably around $350 million going into '26, but it depends where the growth comes from. Obviously, we have other segments that are much less capital intensive. So that's kind of a near-term, maybe '26, '27 view.

On M&A strategy, I'd say a couple of things. I'd say our focus hasn't changed. We will be more active in the M&A space going forward. As it relates to power generation, I think we've historically had an industrial business that we've done some projects. We haven't really done a combined cycle. I don't know that, that's an area that we would get into.

At the same time, one of the fascinating things about our business today is I think everybody is being asked by customers to really look at different things and different opportunities, which creates new opportunity revenue streams for all of us in the space, and I think you'll see MasTec pick up its share of that as well.

Our next question comes from the line of Jamie Cook with Truist Securities.

Congrats on a nice quarter. I guess my first question, Jose, can you just talk about the permitting issues with Greenlink and how that impacted your guidance? Could I just assume that's a change in your Power Delivery revenues and then like the potential risk that you see on Greenlink in 2026 and the potential to offset that? So that's my first question.

My second question, obviously, a lot of large work out there across multiple segments. You're on Greenlink, Hugh Brinson, you won another pipeline job. Just wondering, I guess, across each segment or across the company, given your -- the number of employees you have today and the size of your company, how many large projects do you feel comfortable taking? Do you mean at one time, just given the risk profile of larger projects just from an operational execution standpoint, just how you're thinking about that?

Jamie, I think you got a lot of questions into that one question, but let me try to start from the top.

Okay.

Look, our fourth quarter change is primarily Greenlink. That's what it is, right? We're at the lower end of the range that we had originally put out for Q4. The difference between the low end of our range and the high end of our range for Q4 was about $30 million of EBITDA. That's all coming out of our Power Delivery business for the most part, and that's the big change.

As it relates to Greenlink, we've said a lot historically. We've -- it was an incredible win for our company. We're really excited to be working with the customer. Obviously, they're facing some challenges on permits, quite frankly, that were originally issued and are not being reviewed. We've said that we expected the run rate on that project to be $300 million to $500 million a year over a number of years. We gave more clear guidance over time on '25 of $375 million to $425 million. The truth is that for '25, we're going to end up -- it's more like somewhere in the $250 million range. So it's a significant difference from what our expectations were of ramp in the second half of the year.

With all that said, that project will be built. It's an exciting project. We will build it. We're hoping that the time schedule doesn't really change from a completion perspective, which is just going to increase the load on that project over the coming years. We announced today another transmission substation job within that business, which is the second largest award we've ever gotten within that group. That will help, obviously, in 2026. We're hoping that, that's additive to what we would have done with Greenlink.but at a minimum, it will significantly help offset it if that becomes the case.

We expect Greenlink activity to increase in '26 versus '25 from current levels. So the story in our mind is really solid. It's intact. When you talk about large projects, I think it's almost important to really -- I'm switching subjects now to the large project part of your question. I think it's important to kind of think about different businesses, right? We don't really have large projects in communications.

In pipeline, for the most part, it's a project-oriented business. We don't have projects like MVP anymore. The projects will be smaller in scale, which were a lot more like the projects we've historically built. So I think we have an enormous amount of comfort, as should our investors relative to that. When you think about our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business, it's -- we've got a nice maintenance business there, our infrastructure business. But at the same time, there are more projects there. You should feel comfortable with the level of performance in that business. Again, we've doubled profitability since the first quarter. So I think people should have comfort around that.

When we talk about Power Delivery, it's a $4 billion segment. Of that business, 80% to 90% of that business is maintenance driven. It's MSAs. It's working for utilities every day. It's working on distribution lines. It's working on substations. So it's a very recurring predictable business. We've highlighted the project end of that business because it's where we were the smallest, right? Greenlink was really the first of many projects that we felt could grow our project orientation around that market.

So let's take a step back. 17% revenue growth in the quarter from a revenue perspective in Power Delivery, 21% EBITDA growth. For the year, we're expecting 13% growth in Power Delivery, 13% EBITDA growth. That's important because that's despite Greenlink not having the activity that we expected. Had Greenlink had the activity, obviously, those numbers would be a lot bigger. The project portion of our Power Delivery business is one of the biggest growth potentials that MasTec has. It's one that we need to cultivate and build. Again, it doesn't risk the portfolio because it's such a small percentage of MasTec's overall business, but it is important to the growth of our Power Delivery business.

So I'd say all this to say we're very excited about Greenlink. We're very excited about what the opportunity means. We're very comfortable with our ability to execute on that project at a high level. We're super excited about our next win that we'll talk about more on our next call and what that means to MasTec, and quite frankly, potentially future wins that exist. So I think our investors should have tremendous comfort around how we've grown the business, how we've thought about the projects, how we thought about the risk profiles and the opportunities that they bring to MasTec.

Our next question comes from the line of Philip Shen with ROTH Capital Partners.

Just wanted to check in with you guys on next year. Is -- do you think $8 of EPS is still on the table for next year? Or can we assume that this has potentially moved higher after your recent wins?

Philip, thanks for the question. A couple of things, right? When you look at consensus out there, we haven't given guidance. Consensus today is 10% revenue growth on a year-over-year basis, 20% EBITDA growth on a year-over-year basis. We've said that consensus relates to north of $8 a share, which is 25% EPS growth from '25 to '26. I'd tell you today, we're really comfortable with where consensus sits. We're working really hard to obviously continue to grow and build our business. But I think just where consensus stands, right, 10% revenue growth, more than 20% EBITDA growth. Those are fantastic statistics, right, and a company that's done most of its growth on an organic level, that's nothing to sneeze at. We're proud of that. We hope to do better. But yes, we're comfortable with where the numbers sit today.

Great. Thanks, Jose. That's very helpful color. And then shifting to margins. It sounds like next year, the margin expansion narrative is very much on the table. I just wanted to touch on Q4 specifically. Can you help us understand the basis point impact from OpEx investments versus gross margin percentage? Is the gross margin percentage holding up in Q4?

Yes. The way we think about it, right, is, again, we've had really high levels of growth. And unfortunately, with really high levels of growth, you have certain investments that are made to execute on that growth. And not all of our growth is same-store sales, and we've kind of used that example historically where -- same stores is a lot easier to grow it because you already have an office, you have people and you're just incrementally growing revenues, which is what you want to do to increase margins over time.

But we've expanded in a lot of new geographies. We've opened a lot of new offices. We're working for new customers, and those require more investments. And I think that when you look at the margin profiles that we've laid out from the beginning of the year, we've got some puts and takes. Some businesses are doing better, some are doing slightly worse. I think it's all driven by that, right? So we've made significant investments to the growth profile. Those investments will pay off.

I can tell you that as a company, one of our major focuses is definitely our margin improvement. We think we've got room, quite frankly, across all of our businesses. Again, when we think about fourth quarter, we think the major change is really what's happening in Power Delivery. If you look at -- we've had some questions overnight around Communications and their margins. The reality is if you look at EBITDA dollars on where we guided versus where consensus was, it's no different. We just have a little higher revenue. And again, that talks to the impacts of investment in growth.

So we're really comfortable where we're at. We know we can do better, which I think is a positive. We've got to execute on that. But we feel really good about where our business stands and the opportunities ahead of us.

Our next question comes from the line of Steven Fisher with UBS.

Just a follow-up on that last question, but maybe more specifically to the Communications segment. I mean, it seems like there really is a broadening set of opportunities there, and you did call out some of the investments that you're making. Can you just talk about the shape of those investments? Kind of, is there a lot more that you need to go? Or are you sort of at the peak point of that and just how the margins can evolve there over the next year or 2?

Thank you, Steve. I'd highlight a couple of things. First, margins improved 40 basis points year-over-year to 11.3%, which is one of the highest levels that we've had in a long time. When we think about fourth quarter, we're showing almost 100 basis point improvement on a year-over-year basis for the quarter. Also, we think, really solid. So I think we're headed in the right direction.

We've -- at the end of the day, that business is going to grow almost 30% on a year-over-year basis, which is just a staggering number, again, organically. And a lot of that has to do with investments in new geographies. And those investments are harder because you're opening new offices, you're either moving people or hiring new people, and it takes longer for those investments to translate into earnings, right? So I think we've been doing that for a long time. We're seeing the results of those earlier investments already in our numbers or we wouldn't be able to hit these, right?

So it's a lot of the stuff that has been done more recently that's having the negative impacts or really, the drag. And again, we're working our way through that. We have opportunities for further growth in 2026. The market is really hot. I think that with all of the changes that we've seen in the government, and I know we've talked about [ BEADs ] for a really long time, but I actually now believe that [ BEADs ] is going to have a pretty significant impact on our business and our customers because of how it's changed in the profile of customers it's going after it. So I feel really comfortable that that's going to be a further growth driver as we think in '26.

But everything that's happening with data centers and AI and the need for fiber and the middle-mile fiber growth that we're seeing is just providing tremendous opportunity for us across the country. As we obviously increase in size, the growth requirements moderate because we're in a lot more places, a lot more geographies. So again, we feel really good about the progress that we made this year in the growth of that business and really, what it's going to translate over time.

If I could ask a follow-up on the Power Delivery side. You talked about not having as much revenue on Greenlink this year, and that's taking some of the profits down. But I guess on the bigger picture about the project itself, does this delay impact the overall expected profitability for the whole project? Or is it just a pushout in timing?

And then the bigger picture question is, as this translates to sort of a thought on risk for overall transmission projects that you're going to be taking on over the next couple of years, how should we think about the risk approach that you're taking there? Is this sort of like a reminder that you should be kind of very prudent in the risk you're taking on in these transmission projects?

I think we've got to be prudent in all risks that we take in all jobs in all of our businesses, and I think that's where I think we've been great stewards of MasTec and really understanding the risk profiles that we're committing to and contractually protecting ourselves against those. As it relates to Greenlink, again, we're working with our customers. We have a high level of confidence in both our and our customers' ability to get that project done and to get it done safely and timely. We do not expect any impact to profitability whatsoever on that project over the period, other than obviously it being in different periods than what we originally expected. So our -- again, our confidence and our excitement around Greenlink is unchanged. We expect it to be a very successful project for both our customer and MasTec. And again, we'll provide more updates as they come. But we don't expect any negative impacts in '26 other than from a revenue perspective, what it could be to what it ultimately is, and it's just going to compress the time line.

[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Andy Kaplowitz with Citi.

Jose, [ Quanta ] yesterday talked about a total solutions opportunity for hyperscalers. We know you don't have the same exact portfolio as them, and you talked about not being particularly excited to combine the cycle, but you do have significant capability to help data center customers. So what's the probability that we'll see something like that, like a total solution set of projects for MasTec, starting in '26? And could you update us on the journey to $1 billion that you originally discussed you could do with data center customers?

So I'd answer the first part of your question just by saying very high, and I'd answer the second part of your question by saying I think that obviously, data centers offer an incredible opportunity companies like MasTec in our industry, we're involved in a number of different things already when you think about what's happening on power, when you think on what's happening on fiber directly for data center builders, right? We're looking at -- we've been working on the civil side for a long time. We've talked about it. We're working on the infrastructure side. But I think our ability to take a larger role and a more important role as we think about those projects on a future basis and really capture a higher percentage of that revenue, again, is extremely high.

Great. And then could you give a little more color into what's going on in Clean Energy? I think 8.5% EBITDA margin is a high watermark for MasTec. I understand Q3 is a seasonally good time of the year. But do you think margin on an annual basis can continue to push higher in that segment? And you did lower your revenue outlook slightly in the segment, though you're still going to be double-digit growth. So how are you thinking about growth across Clean Energy going into '26?

Again, great quarter, 20% revenue growth. More importantly, 36% EBITDA growth for the quarter. We pretty much beat our margins every quarter there relative to what we've guided. I think we're somewhat conservatively guided for Q4. Hopefully, we can do that again. Business is doing really well. Again, our Clean Energy and Infrastructure business is a combination of renewables and infrastructure. I think if you think about the infrastructure business, it's obviously a slower grower. That's a business that if we're growing at 10% a year is really solid. So our renewable business is obviously growing much faster than that. We're sitting on the highest level of backlog we've ever had in the business. We expect backlog to again increase in Q4, incredible opportunities in front of us, a lot of backlog post the 18-month period where we don't even report. So we're feeling really comfortable about where that business is headed. I think it's going to continue to help drive significant growth in our Clean Energy business, and our margins have improved. We're hopeful we can sustain that and over time, improve on that. So all around, we're feeling really comfortable where we stand there and the opportunities for '26 and beyond.

Our next question comes from the line of Justin with Baird.

Great. I guess I've got two. One is just a really quick one. I just wanted to confirm just on that Hugh Brinson project. Is the full value of that project in backlog? It looks like, I guess, supposed to complete at the end of '26. So I just wanted to ask that.

And then my second question is just on the cash flow. Obviously, last year, it was a huge cash flow year. You've got pretty big guidance here for the fourth quarter ramp. And just curious, what are the contributors to that, moving pieces that drive the 4Q cash flow number?

So I'll cover the first part of the answer. The answer is on the mainline. The answer is yes. There's pieces of that project that are potentially not in backlog yet.

And then cash flow is just a function of the revenue cadence, right? So we're forecasting revenue to contract sequentially in the fourth quarter. I think, expect a little bit of DSO improvement. We got a little bit of degradation up to 69 days in Q3 that we expect to come back down to the mid-60s. So the combination of those two is really what drives the release of the working capital investment in Q4.

[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Julien Dumoulin-Smith with Jefferies.

Just wanted to follow up for my friend, Steve Fisher's question here a moment ago. Can we go back to the Comms business? Can we talk about the bifurcation, what's the growth in the wireline versus wireless? And what's being implied for 4Q '25 here? Just, what's the cadence? Do we expect that to continue here when you think about that 32%? Or how are you thinking about that persisting? I hear a little bit of mixed commentary. I would love to hear how you break it out, especially in light of this Lumen contract.

Sure. I mean there's no question that today, our wireline business is bigger than our wireless business. It's been the case for some time. Our wireline business is growing faster than our wireless business. Our wireless business is predominantly -- our biggest account there is AT&T. So obviously, their project to their [ Nokia-Ericsson ] swap out was a big driver of that. That project started for all intents and purposes in the fourth quarter of 2024. So that has been a driver -- a helpful driver in our [ 225 ] growth.

Comparisons there get a little bit harder in Q4. So we've moderated our revenue growth in Q4 versus what we've been achieving for the first 3 quarters. With that said, our wireline business is growing very rapidly. So I think -- I don't have the exact number, but I believe our revenue growth in the [ third ] quarter is estimated to be in the mid-single digits. And again, something that we're hoping to beat. But again, we feel really good about where the business is and where it's headed.

Got it. All right. So fingers crossed on beating that number there. Perhaps handedly. And then maybe just on backlog real quickly, just to talk about this real quickly. I mean, it almost seems like there's a shadow backlog emerging here, if you want to call it that for pipeline. Can you speak to a little bit of like how to size that up? I mean, relative to the $1.5 billion is of backlog you have in the Pipeline business. Any kind of order of magnitude? Any way to think about it? Obviously, ET has got other projects like DSW coming up here. I mean, anything that you can kind of point to that you'd flag? And maybe in a similar fashion, transmission project awards seem to be heating up here as well. Do you have -- you kind of alluded to sort of shadow backlog or opportunities there as well. If you can speak to it?

So I think the best way we've been able to do that, right, is to talk about future revenue potential and pipeline. And what we've said is, which is something that we would never have said a year ago or even probably 6 months ago is we now see the ability to exceed historical high revenue levels in that business. To kind of remind everybody, historically, our high years in that business were about $3.5 billion in revenue. We're guiding at [ $2.2 billion ] this year. And we now have a path to meet or exceed historical levels. I think that's the best way to kind of frame where we see the opportunity, again, not for '26, but for beyond. So I think -- and I feel better about the opportunity to do that today than I did last quarter.

As it relates to transmission, to be clear, today, we announced another win within that segment of our business, which will be substantial. Which is important, and it's something that will kick off in the middle of '26. We'll give more details on that project on our next call, but we think a really important fact, we said a long time ago, we expected to win something else in late '25, early '26. I think it's something else that we're now able to deliver on. And again, we'll talk about them more on our next call.

Our next question comes from the line of Marc Bianchi with TD Cowen.

I wanted to ask about the backlog and maybe similar to -- or along the lines of what Julien's first question was there. But if we look at -- maybe rewind 18 months and look at where kind of backlog was at that time, the ultimate revenue that you delivered, you had sort of like 64% coverage of that revenue over the following 18 months here. And as I look forward from today and you look at the composition of backlog, is there any reason that we shouldn't think about that ratio of conversion or backlog coverage being a whole lot different? You mentioned the pipeline where maybe that's turning to a bit more of a book and burn type of aspect. So just curious if there's any comments around that comparison?

Marc, it's a good analysis. I mean I think as we think about it, obviously -- I think historically, in our history, there's been a few periods where we've continually beat backlog quarter-over-quarter-over-quarter. Backlog at times, tends to be lumpy as you win awards. The fact that we've been able to deliver continued growth in backlog, to me, is as meaningful as any of the percentage statistics you can come up with. I think it definitely shows where the business is headed.

So again, we feel really good about where we stand. We think that with all that said, I think there's a lot of opportunity to further increase backlog and further help that. So I do think that backlog is a reflection over time of where your business is headed. And I think over time, we've delivered great backlog results which will translate into further revenue growth. So whether I can pin down the specifics on whether the historical percentages are going to play out exactly the way they did, to be honest, I haven't done that math. It might be interesting to do off-line, but I haven't done it. But I can just generally tell you that we see momentum in our business. It's supported by our backlog growth, and more importantly, supported by the opportunities that we see coming.

Okay. Great. And I guess just the other one, back on Communications. So the -- '24, was a down year, '25 was a recovery year. What do you think -- as a placeholder for '26 growth, do you think this business could do double-digit growth -- top line growth in '26?

Yes.

Our next question comes from the line of Brian Brophy with Stifel.

Just following up on some prior discussion. In the past, you've talked about having the capacity for 2 large transmission projects at once. Obviously, it sounds like we're going to hit that here next year, but you've also made a lot of investments on the headcount side. Curious if you're still thinking 2 projects is kind of the limit? Or how you're thinking about potentially adding capacity on the transmission side to take on more?

There's no question in our minds that we're going to continue to build that business to take on more projects and to have the ability to take on more projects simultaneously. So you start with one, you build the 2, you eventually get to 3, right? So you can't put -- you can't get ahead of yourself. Again, we're excited about where we stand and the potential that we have in that business. There are other opportunities out there that we're also interested and we're evaluating. So we expect over time to definitely win more.

Okay. And then also following up on some of the prior discussion. It sounds like combined cycle is a little bit less interesting. But how do you guys think about potential opportunities on the single cycle side in gas?

Brian, it's a huge opportunity. Obviously, there's a lot going on. We do play in that space today, albeit at a smaller level. It's a question that we've constantly got to answer, how much are we willing to invest, how much -- it's -- look, it's a very different business than what we've historically done. Risk mitigation in that business is the entire business because there is -- there are risks associated with that business that we don't typically see in other parts of our business. So understanding that and really managing towards that in my mind is the difference between a great project and a bad project. So we're looking at opportunities. Definitely an area that we will engage in, but we will be cautious in our engagement around that.

Our next question comes from the line of Brent Thielman with D.A. Davidson.

Great. Just one more for me, really. Just on the pipeline side. Jose, you mentioned this change in how some of these things are being awarded. Can you just talk a little bit about maybe relative to past cycles, the competitive environment? Is it different? Are the potential economics on these projects different than past cycles, especially as you seem to pretty close to the customers talking about these long-term engagements?

So Brent, I think that -- there is no difference in the earnings opportunity historically, right? I think we've really performed at a really high level historically. I don't think we're sitting here saying that we've got tremendous opportunity to improve on that, but we definitely have opportunities to get to that, and that's a significant difference from where we've been over the course of the last really 2 years. So again, not just because of the revenue opportunities, but because of our ability to execute at a higher margin level in those businesses probably what excites us the most. And there's no reason that we shouldn't be able to deliver at historical levels.

I also think we're working with our customers. We've got a lot of long-term relationships. We're not here to take advantage of our customers and try to make all our money on 1 job. We're going to work with our customers to hopefully get a significant size of their plans and their capital that they spend. And in that, we want to make a fair margin. We want to make a historical margin, but I don't know that we're necessarily looking at elevated margins.

Our next question comes from the line of Liam Burke with B. Riley Securities.

Jose, you're talking about specifically telecom, but I guess it could go across your businesses that you're moving into new geographies and opening new offices. Is that your existing customer pulling you into that market saying, "Hey, we need you?" Or are you just identifying the market, and that's where you decide to invest?

I think it's both new and existing customers, right? Obviously, I think we've done a good job at increasing our share of business with existing customers, especially as we look at a holistic approach across all of the businesses that we offer. The truth is that in today's world, a lot of our customers can use a lot of different MasTec services. I think we've done a good job at cross-selling those services and putting us in a position to build for those customers differently than we have in the past.

On top of that, again, I think we are -- especially as you think about power delivery, we are newer in the space as we've really made a huge push in that business post 2021. So I think our brand recognition has significantly increased in that business, and we're getting a lot more opportunities from new customers because of it, and we will help deliver for those new customers. So I think it's a combination of both. Whether it's for an existing or a new customer, if you're opening a total new geography, it's really not that much different in terms of the investment in the payback.

But the decisions that we've had to make, right? Or do we do this organically or do we do this through M&A. And I think that for the time being, we've decided to do most of that organically, which I think over time has higher return profile, and I think we've executed to that. And I think going forward, you'll see a mix of that.

Great. Just quickly on renewables. You said that it was heavily weighted towards solar this year, but your order flow is looking towards wind in 2026. Is that new build? Or is it just upgrades and maintenance?

Yes. So Liam, to be exact, what we said was we expect our renewable growth to be driven by solar because that's what's growing faster. So the bulk of our business today and in the future will continue to be solar. I think we highlighted wind because there's been a lot of questions about how the wind business is doing and where the future of the wind business is. And I can tell you that it's an important part of our portfolio. Between what we put in backlog and what we expect to put in backlog here for the fourth quarter, we're going to end up with 3 of the 4 largest jobs in MasTec's history on the wind side, which is just, in today's world, somewhat of a staggering statistic. I think it bodes really well to the longevity and really the strength of the wind business in addition to what we're doing on the solar side.

So we just wanted to highlight it because I think so much gets talked about solar, but I actually think there's a pretty healthy wind business out there that we've done a good job at cultivating and growing and that was really the only purpose for the comments.

Due to the interest of time, we have time for our final question. That question will come from [ Maheep ] with Mizuho.

It's Maheep from Mizuho. Just want to follow up on the previous question. Could you talk about like the battery storage business, talk about wind and solar, but any thoughts on the growth in that segment for you? And separately, just on the pipeline side, any thoughts on labor constraints, if any, any part of the business for you?

Yes. So the first part of the question, I mean battery storage is becoming a much larger part of our entire portfolio. The majority of our projects today have some sort of battery opportunity related to them. And I think that business has grown really nicely for us in 2025 and definitely been a growth driver for the business this year and one that we expect for next year.

I think the second part of the question, I missed the end, but I think it was around pipeline constraints. I think -- when we think about the business, it's obviously been a very radical change on what the expectation of the pipeline market was going to be in '25 versus at this point last year. And I think that our customers obviously have decided to make significant investments. Those investments take a little bit of time. So one of the reasons that I think that we talked so heavily about back into '26 is because I think it's taken that amount of time to get engineering, permitting and materials in line to be able to execute on those projects. So while I think that there were some constraints early on in this year to get that cycle going at the level that it wants to be as an industry, I think we're getting through that, and we'll see that activity start to really pop, second half of '26.

Thank you. I would now like to turn the call back over to Chris for closing remarks.

Thank you. That concludes today's call. Thank you for participating. And as a reminder, please visit our website for a replay and transcript of the call, which will be posted when available. Thank you.

Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.